JP6314571B2 - Reaction force generator - Google Patents

Reaction force generator Download PDF

Info

Publication number
JP6314571B2
JP6314571B2 JP2014057530A JP2014057530A JP6314571B2 JP 6314571 B2 JP6314571 B2 JP 6314571B2 JP 2014057530 A JP2014057530 A JP 2014057530A JP 2014057530 A JP2014057530 A JP 2014057530A JP 6314571 B2 JP6314571 B2 JP 6314571B2
Authority
JP
Japan
Prior art keywords
hole
leg
reaction force
support portion
dome
Prior art date
Legal status (The legal status is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the status listed.)
Active
Application number
JP2014057530A
Other languages
Japanese (ja)
Other versions
JP2015135460A (en
Inventor
大須賀 一郎
一郎 大須賀
播本 寛
寛 播本
Current Assignee (The listed assignees may be inaccurate. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation or warranty as to the accuracy of the list.)
Yamaha Corp
Original Assignee
Yamaha Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Yamaha Corp filed Critical Yamaha Corp
Priority to JP2014057530A priority Critical patent/JP6314571B2/en
Publication of JP2015135460A publication Critical patent/JP2015135460A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of JP6314571B2 publication Critical patent/JP6314571B2/en
Active legal-status Critical Current
Anticipated expiration legal-status Critical

Links

Images

Landscapes

  • Electrophonic Musical Instruments (AREA)

Description

本発明は、操作子の操作に対して弾性変形による反力を発生するドーム部を有する反力発生部材を支持部材上に固定した反力発生装置に関する。   The present invention relates to a reaction force generation device in which a reaction force generation member having a dome portion that generates a reaction force due to elastic deformation with respect to operation of an operation element is fixed on a support member.

従来から、電子オルガン、電子ピアノ等の鍵盤楽器には、押鍵操作に対して反力を付与するための弾性体により構成されたドーム部(ラバードーム)を有する反力発生部材を設けることがある。例えば、下記特許文献1には、ドーム状に形成されていて軸心方向の押圧により弾性変形して弾性変形量に応じた反力を発生するドーム部、ドーム部の下端部に接続されて外側に板状に延設されたベース部、及びベース部の下面から棒状に突出した脚部を弾性体によって一体形成した反力発生部材を、鍵を上方にて揺動可能に支持する鍵フレーム(棚板)上に固定した鍵盤装置が示されている。この鍵盤装置においては、鍵フレーム上に固定した平板状の支持部材(基板)に貫通孔を設け、脚部を貫通孔に嵌挿することにより、反力発生部材を支持部材に固定するようにしている。   Conventionally, a keyboard instrument such as an electronic organ or an electronic piano has been provided with a reaction force generating member having a dome portion (rubber dome) made of an elastic body for applying a reaction force to a key pressing operation. is there. For example, in Patent Document 1 below, a dome that is formed in a dome shape and is elastically deformed by pressing in the axial direction to generate a reaction force corresponding to the amount of elastic deformation is connected to the lower end of the dome, and is outside. A key frame that supports a key so that the key can be swung upwardly by a reaction force generating member in which a base portion extending in a plate shape and a leg portion protruding in a rod shape from the lower surface of the base portion are integrally formed by an elastic body A keyboard device fixed on the shelf is shown. In this keyboard device, a through hole is provided in a flat plate-like support member (substrate) fixed on the key frame, and the reaction force generating member is fixed to the support member by fitting the leg portion into the through hole. ing.

特開2007−25576号公報JP 2007-25576 A

前記従来技術においては、脚部を貫通孔に嵌挿することにより反力発生部材を支持部材に固定することが説明されているのみで、その詳しい説明はない。しかし、図面から推察すると、貫通孔は、軸心に直交する断面の形状を円形にし、かつ前記円形の直径を軸心に沿って支持部材の上面から下面まで一定にした円柱状である。また、脚部は、軸心に直交する断面の形状を円形にするとともに、その外周面を軸心の方向に対して傾斜させて先端に向かうに従って徐々に細くなっている。そして、脚部を貫通孔に侵入させて脚部のベース部の下面近傍の基部の外周面を貫通孔の上端部に接触させて、反力発生部材を支持部材上に固定している。したがって、この従来技術によれば、脚部を貫通孔に侵入させる際には、脚部の外周面と貫通孔の内側面との干渉を少なくして、脚部を貫通孔にスムーズに侵入させることはできる。しかし、このような従来技術の貫通孔及び脚部の構成では、脚部の外周面はベースの下面に向かうに従って径方向外側に傾斜しているので、反力発生部材を支持部材に固定するために脚部を貫通孔に侵入させる際、脚部の基部は径方向外側に張り出して広がる。そのため、ベース部の下面を支持部材の上面に密着させ難い。また、反力発生部材を支持部材に固定した後には、変形した脚部の基部が原形に復帰しようとする力は脚部を貫通孔から押し出す方向にも作用するので、ベース部の下面が支持部材の上面から離れ易い。その結果、この従来技術によれば、反力発生部材は、ベース部の下面を支持部材の上面に密着させて、支持部材に安定して固定されないという問題が生ずる。   In the prior art, only the reaction force generating member is fixed to the support member by inserting the leg portion into the through hole, but there is no detailed description thereof. However, as inferred from the drawings, the through hole has a cylindrical shape in which the shape of the cross section perpendicular to the axis is circular and the diameter of the circle is constant along the axis from the upper surface to the lower surface of the support member. In addition, the leg portion has a circular cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the axis, and the outer peripheral surface is inclined with respect to the direction of the axis and gradually becomes thinner toward the tip. Then, the reaction force generating member is fixed on the support member by allowing the leg portion to enter the through hole and bringing the outer peripheral surface of the base portion near the lower surface of the base portion of the leg portion into contact with the upper end portion of the through hole. Therefore, according to this prior art, when the leg portion enters the through hole, the interference between the outer peripheral surface of the leg portion and the inner side surface of the through hole is reduced, and the leg portion smoothly enters the through hole. I can. However, in such a configuration of the through hole and the leg of the prior art, the outer peripheral surface of the leg is inclined radially outward toward the lower surface of the base, so that the reaction force generating member is fixed to the support member. When the leg portion is caused to enter the through hole, the base portion of the leg portion extends outward in the radial direction. Therefore, it is difficult to make the lower surface of the base portion adhere to the upper surface of the support member. In addition, after the reaction force generating member is fixed to the support member, the force that the base of the deformed leg portion returns to the original shape also acts in the direction of pushing out the leg portion from the through hole, so that the lower surface of the base portion is supported. Easily separated from the upper surface of the member. As a result, according to this prior art, the reaction force generating member has a problem that the lower surface of the base portion is brought into close contact with the upper surface of the supporting member, and is not stably fixed to the supporting member.

本発明は、このような問題に対処するためになされたもので、その目的は、反力発生部材の脚部を支持部材に設けた貫通孔にスムーズに侵入させることができるとともに、反力発生部材を、ベース部の下面を支持部材の上面に密着させて支持部材上に安定して固定できる反力発生装置を提供することにある。なお、下記本発明の各構成要件の記載においては、本発明の理解を容易にするために、実施形態の対応箇所の符号を括弧内に記載しているが、本発明の構成要件は、実施形態の符号によって示された対応箇所の構成に限定解釈されるべきものではない。   The present invention has been made in order to cope with such a problem. The purpose of the present invention is to allow the leg portion of the reaction force generating member to smoothly enter the through hole provided in the support member and to generate the reaction force. An object of the present invention is to provide a reaction force generator capable of stably fixing a member on a support member by bringing a lower surface of a base portion into close contact with an upper surface of the support member. In the description of each constituent element of the present invention below, the reference numerals of corresponding portions of the embodiment are shown in parentheses in order to facilitate understanding of the present invention. The present invention should not be construed as being limited to the configurations of the corresponding portions indicated by the reference numerals of the forms.

前述した目的を達成するため、本発明の特徴は、弾性体により一体形成されていて、軸心方向(Yw,Yb)の一端部から軸心方向の他端部に向かって径方向長さを徐々に増加させ、かつ軸心方向の他端部を開口させてドーム状に形成されていて、軸心方向の押圧により弾性変形して弾性変形量に応じた反力を発生するドーム部(21w1,21b1)、ドーム部の他端部に接続されて外側に延設され、ドーム部と反対側の面を平面に形成したベース部(21−3,21−3w,21−3b)、及びベース部のドーム部と反対側の面と平行な断面の形状及び大きさを軸心に沿って所定長さに渡り同一に保って、ベース部のドーム部と反対側の面から軸心(Yk)をドーム部の軸心方向と平行にして延設させた柱状の脚部(21−4,21−4w,21−4b)を有する反力発生部材(21,21w,21b)と、ベース部のドーム部と反対側の面を設置させる設置面を有するとともに、設置面から他方の面に貫通する貫通孔(31d1〜31d3,31d1’ 〜31d3’,31d1” 〜31d3”)を有し、設置面を平面に形成した支持部材(31d,31d’,31d”,31dw,31db)とを備え、脚部を貫通孔に侵入させ、かつベース部のドーム部と反対側の面を設置面に密着させて、反力発生部材を支持部材に固定するようにした反力発生装置であって、脚部の軸心方向の一部における外周面を貫通孔の内側面に接触させて反力発生部材を支持部材に固定し、かつ貫通孔の内側面の少なくとも一部を脚部の外周面に接触する位置から脚部の軸心方向(Yk)よりも径方向外側に傾斜して延設させるように、貫通孔を形成し、かつ脚部を貫通孔に侵入させる前の状態では、脚部の軸心方向の一部の外周面に接触する位置の貫通孔の内径を、脚部の軸心方向の一部の外周面の外径よりも小さくしておき、反力発生部材を支持部材に組付けた状態では、脚部における貫通孔の内側面に接触する部分の変形により、脚部が貫通孔内に保持されるようにしたことにある。 In order to achieve the above-described object, the feature of the present invention is that it is integrally formed of an elastic body and has a radial length from one end portion in the axial direction (Yw, Yb) toward the other end portion in the axial direction. A dome portion (21w1) that is gradually increased and is formed in a dome shape by opening the other end portion in the axial direction, and elastically deforms by pressing in the axial direction to generate a reaction force corresponding to the amount of elastic deformation. 21b1), a base portion (21-3, 21-3w, 21-3b) connected to the other end portion of the dome portion and extending outwardly and having a surface opposite to the dome portion formed in a plane, and a base Keeping the shape and size of the cross section parallel to the surface on the opposite side of the dome part of the part from the surface on the opposite side to the dome part of the base part (Yk) while maintaining the same shape and size along the axis for a predetermined length Columnar legs (21-4, 21-4) extending in parallel to the axial direction of the dome , 21-4b) and a reaction force generating member (21, 21w, 21b), and a through hole penetrating from the installation surface to the other surface with an installation surface on which the surface opposite to the dome portion of the base portion is installed (31d1 to 31d3, 31d1 ′ to 31d3 ′, 31d1 ″ to 31d3 ″) and a support member (31d, 31d ′, 31d ″, 31dw, 31db) having a flat installation surface, and a leg portion. A reaction force generating device that allows a reaction force generating member to be fixed to a support member by intruding into a through-hole and bringing a surface opposite to the dome portion of the base portion into close contact with the installation surface, From the position where the outer peripheral surface in a part in the central direction is brought into contact with the inner surface of the through hole to fix the reaction force generating member to the support member, and at least a part of the inner surface of the through hole is in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the leg portion Radial direction from the axial direction of the leg (Yk) A through hole at a position in contact with a part of the outer peripheral surface in the axial direction of the leg portion in a state before the leg portion is inserted into the through hole so as to be inclined and extended outward. The inner diameter of the leg portion is made smaller than the outer diameter of a part of the outer peripheral surface in the axial direction of the leg portion, and when the reaction force generating member is assembled to the support member, it contacts the inner side surface of the through hole in the leg portion. The leg portion is held in the through hole by the deformation of the portion to be performed .

この場合、脚部の外周面に接触する位置は、支持部材の設置面位置、支持部材の設置面とは反対側の面位置、又は前記設置面と前記反対側の面の中間位置であるとよい。また、ドーム部は、例えば、鍵盤楽器における鍵の操作によって軸心方向に押圧されて、押圧開始から徐々に弾性変形して弾性変形量の増加に従って反力を徐々に増加させ、反力がピークに達した後に座屈変形して反力を急激に減少させる。 In this case , the position in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the leg is an installation surface position of the support member, a surface position opposite to the installation surface of the support member, or an intermediate position between the installation surface and the opposite surface. Good. Also, the dome portion is pressed in the axial direction by, for example, a key operation on a keyboard instrument, and gradually elastically deforms from the start of pressing, gradually increasing the reaction force as the amount of elastic deformation increases, and the reaction force peaks. After reaching the point, it buckles and deforms, and the reaction force is rapidly reduced.

さらに、1つのドーム部がベース部に一体的に形成されていてもよいが、複数のドーム部がベース部に一体的に形成されていてもよい。この場合、複数のドーム部は、鍵盤楽器の複数の鍵にそれぞれ対応し、かつ軸心方向をそれぞれ同一方向とする。また、1つの脚部がベース部に一体的に形成されていてもよいが、複数の脚部がベース部に一体的に形成されていてもよい。この場合、複数のドーム部の軸心方向は、ドーム部の軸心方向に平行な同一方向である。   Furthermore, one dome portion may be formed integrally with the base portion, but a plurality of dome portions may be formed integrally with the base portion. In this case, the plurality of dome portions respectively correspond to the plurality of keys of the keyboard instrument, and the axial directions are the same. In addition, one leg may be formed integrally with the base, but a plurality of legs may be formed integrally with the base. In this case, the axial direction of the plurality of dome parts is the same direction parallel to the axial direction of the dome part.

上記のように構成した本発明においては、貫通孔の内側面の少なくとも一部は脚部の外周面に接触する位置から脚部の軸心方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して延設されている。したがって、ベース部のドーム部と反対側の面と平行な断面の形状及び大きさを軸心に沿って同一に保って、ベース部のドーム部と反対側の面から軸心をドーム部の軸心方向と平行にして延設しても、言い換えれば、脚部の軸心に直交する断面の形状及び大きさを軸心に沿って同一にしても、脚部を貫通孔に侵入させるときには、脚部の外周面と貫通孔の内周面との長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡る接触(干渉)を避けることができ、脚部を支持部材に設けた貫通孔にスムーズに挿入できるようになる。また、本発明においては、反力発生部材を支持部材に固定した状態では、貫通孔の内側面が脚部の軸心方向の一部における外周面に接触するので、反力発生部材は支持部材に固定される。この場合、脚部の軸心に直交する断面の形状及び大きさは軸心に沿って同一であり、前記貫通孔の内側面と接触する脚部の外周面は脚部の径方向に主に変形する。したがって、この脚部の変形は、ベース部のドーム部と反対側の面の支持部材の設置面への密着に悪影響を及ぼさず、ベース部のドーム部と反対側の面を支持部材の設置面に密着させ易い。また、反力発生部材を支持部材に固定した後に、貫通孔の内側面に接触している脚部の一部が原形に復帰しようとする力は、脚部の径方向外側に作用するので、ベース部のドーム部と反対側の面と、支持部材の設置面との密着は安定して維持される。その結果、本発明によれば、ベース部のドーム部の反対側の平面を支持部材の設置面に密着させて、反力発生部材を支持部材に簡単に組み付けることができるとともに、安定して固定することができる。   In the present invention configured as described above, at least a part of the inner side surface of the through hole extends from the position in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the leg portion so as to be inclined more radially outward than the axial direction of the leg portion. Yes. Therefore, the shape and size of the cross section parallel to the surface of the base portion opposite to the dome portion are kept the same along the axis, and the axis from the surface opposite to the dome portion of the base portion is adjusted to the axis of the dome portion. Even when extending in parallel with the central direction, in other words, even when the shape and size of the cross section perpendicular to the axis of the leg is the same along the axis, when the leg is to enter the through hole, Contact (interference) over a long distance (ie large area) between the outer peripheral surface of the leg and the inner peripheral surface of the through hole can be avoided, and the leg can be smoothly inserted into the through hole provided in the support member. Become. In the present invention, in a state where the reaction force generating member is fixed to the support member, the inner surface of the through hole contacts the outer peripheral surface of a part of the leg portion in the axial direction. Fixed to. In this case, the shape and size of the cross section perpendicular to the axis of the leg are the same along the axis, and the outer peripheral surface of the leg contacting the inner surface of the through hole is mainly in the radial direction of the leg. Deform. Therefore, the deformation of the leg portion does not adversely affect the adhesion of the surface of the base portion opposite to the dome portion to the installation surface of the support member, and the surface of the base portion opposite to the dome portion does not affect the installation surface of the support member. Easy to adhere to. In addition, after fixing the reaction force generating member to the support member, the force that the part of the leg portion that is in contact with the inner surface of the through hole returns to the original shape acts on the outer side in the radial direction of the leg portion. The close contact between the surface of the base portion opposite to the dome portion and the installation surface of the support member is stably maintained. As a result, according to the present invention, the reaction force generating member can be easily assembled to the support member while the plane opposite to the dome portion of the base portion is brought into close contact with the installation surface of the support member, and is stably fixed. can do.

また、本発明の他の特徴は、貫通孔の内側面の一部を、脚部の外周面に接触する位置から脚部の軸心方向に延設させるようにしたことにある。これによれば、脚部の軸心方向に延設させた貫通孔の内側面の一部に、前記内側面の一部に対向する脚部の外周面を接触させながら、脚部を貫通孔に侵入させれば、脚部の貫通孔への侵入方向が的確になる。その結果、本発明の他の特徴によれば、ベース部のドーム部の反対側の平面を支持部材の設置面に密着させて、反力発生部材を支持部材に簡単かつ安定して組み付けることができる。   Another feature of the present invention resides in that a part of the inner side surface of the through hole is extended in the axial direction of the leg portion from a position in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the leg portion. According to this, the leg portion is inserted into the through hole while the outer peripheral surface of the leg portion facing the part of the inner surface is brought into contact with a part of the inner surface of the through hole extending in the axial direction of the leg portion. If it is made to penetrate | invade, the penetration | invasion direction to the through-hole of a leg part will become exact. As a result, according to another feature of the present invention, the reaction force generating member can be easily and stably assembled to the support member by bringing the plane opposite to the dome portion of the base portion into close contact with the installation surface of the support member. it can.

また、本発明の他の特徴は、脚部の外周面に接触する位置は、支持部材の設置面とは反対側の面位置又は前記反対側の面位置の近傍位置であり、脚部の軸心方向の中間部分に、外側に張出して、支持部材の設置面とは反対側の面位置又は前記反対側の面位置の近傍位置にて、支持部材に係合する係合部(21−4a)を設けたことにある。この場合、係合部は、例えば、外周面において、一平面(Kp)上で支持部材に接触して係合する。これによれば、反力発生部材を支持部材に組付けた後には、係合部により脚部の貫通孔からの抜け出しが防止されるので、反力発生部材は支持部材に安定して確実に固定されるようになる。   Another feature of the present invention is that the position in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the leg is a surface position on the opposite side to the installation surface of the support member or a position in the vicinity of the surface position on the opposite side. An engaging portion (21-4a) that projects outwardly from the center portion in the center direction and engages with the support member at a surface position opposite to the installation surface of the support member or in the vicinity of the surface position on the opposite side. ). In this case, for example, on the outer peripheral surface, the engaging portion comes into contact with and engages with the support member on one plane (Kp). According to this, after the reaction force generation member is assembled to the support member, the engagement portion prevents the leg portion from coming out of the through hole, so that the reaction force generation member is stably and reliably attached to the support member. It becomes fixed.

また、本発明の他の特徴は、前記一平面は、ベースのドーム部とは反対側の面に平行であることにある。この場合、係合部は、例えば、外周面において支持部材の他方の面位置にて支持部材に接触して係合するようにする。また、支持部材の他方の面に貫通孔周りに切欠き(31d5〜31d7)を設けて、係合部は、外周面において支持部材の切欠きに接触して係合するようにしてもよい。これによれば、脚部に係合部を設けても、支持部材の板厚を均一にすることができ、支持部材を簡単に製造できるようになる。   Another feature of the present invention is that the one plane is parallel to a surface of the base opposite to the dome portion. In this case, for example, the engaging portion is brought into contact with and engaged with the support member at the other surface position of the support member on the outer peripheral surface. Further, a notch (31d5 to 31d7) may be provided around the through hole on the other surface of the support member, and the engaging portion may be brought into contact with and engaged with the notch of the support member on the outer peripheral surface. According to this, even if an engaging part is provided in a leg part, the plate | board thickness of a support member can be made uniform and a support member can be easily manufactured now.

本発明の第1実施形態に係る鍵盤装置の概略側面図である。1 is a schematic side view of a keyboard device according to a first embodiment of the present invention. 図1の鍵盤装置の概略平面図である。It is a schematic plan view of the keyboard apparatus of FIG. 本発明の第1実施形態に係る反力発生装置の拡大縦断面図である。It is an enlarged vertical sectional view of the reaction force generator concerning a 1st embodiment of the present invention. (A)〜(C)は、前記第1実施形態の変形例1〜3に係る反力発生装置における脚部の貫通孔への侵入状態を示す縦断面図である。(A)-(C) are longitudinal cross-sectional views which show the penetration | invasion state to the through-hole of the leg part in the reaction force generator which concerns on the modification 1-3 of the said 1st Embodiment. 本発明の第2実施形態に係る反力発生装置の拡大縦断面図である。It is an expansion longitudinal cross-sectional view of the reaction force generator which concerns on 2nd Embodiment of this invention. (A)〜(C)は、前記第2実施形態の変形例1〜3に係る反力発生装置における脚部の貫通孔への侵入状態を示す縦断面図である。(A)-(C) are longitudinal cross-sectional views which show the penetration | invasion state to the through-hole of the leg part in the reaction force generator which concerns on the modification 1-3 of the said 2nd Embodiment. 本発明の第3実施形態に係る反力発生装置の拡大縦断面図である。It is an expanded longitudinal cross-sectional view of the reaction force generator which concerns on 3rd Embodiment of this invention. (A)〜(C)は、前記第3実施形態の変形例1〜3に係る反力発生装置における脚部の貫通孔への侵入状態を示す縦断面図である。(A)-(C) are longitudinal cross-sectional views which show the penetration | invasion state to the through-hole of the leg part in the reaction force generator which concerns on the modification 1-3 of the said 3rd Embodiment. 本発明の第4実施形態に係る反力発生装置の拡大縦断面図である。It is an expanded longitudinal cross-sectional view of the reaction force generator which concerns on 4th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第5実施形態に係る反力発生装置の拡大縦断面図である。It is an expanded longitudinal cross-sectional view of the reaction force generator which concerns on 5th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第6実施形態に係る反力発生装置の拡大縦断面図である。It is an expanded longitudinal cross-sectional view of the reaction force generator which concerns on 6th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第7実施形態に係る反力発生装置の拡大縦断面図である。It is an expanded longitudinal cross-sectional view of the reaction force generator which concerns on 7th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第8実施形態に係る反力発生装置の拡大縦断面図である。It is an expanded longitudinal cross-sectional view of the reaction force generator which concerns on 8th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第9実施形態に係る反力発生装置の拡大縦断面図である。It is an expanded longitudinal cross-sectional view of the reaction force generator which concerns on 9th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第10実施形態に係る反力発生装置の拡大縦断面図である。It is an expanded longitudinal cross-sectional view of the reaction force generator which concerns on 10th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第11実施形態に係る反力発生装置の拡大縦断面図である。It is an expanded longitudinal cross-sectional view of the reaction force generator which concerns on 11th Embodiment of this invention. 本発明の第12実施形態に係る反力発生装置の拡大縦断面図である。It is an expanded longitudinal cross-sectional view of the reaction force generator which concerns on 12th Embodiment of this invention. (A)は本発明の第13実施形態に係る反力発生装置の縦断面図であり、(B)は(A)の反力発生装置の脚部の先端部の拡大図である。(A) is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the reaction force generator according to the thirteenth embodiment of the present invention, and (B) is an enlarged view of the tip of the leg portion of the reaction force generator of (A). (A)は前記第13実施形態の変形例1に係る反力発生装置の縦断面図であり、(B)は(A)の反力発生装置の脚部の先端部の拡大図である。(A) is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the reaction force generator according to Modification 1 of the thirteenth embodiment, and (B) is an enlarged view of the distal end portion of the leg of the reaction force generator of (A). (A)は前記第13実施形態の変形例2に係る反力発生装置の縦断面図であり、(B)は(A)の反力発生装置の脚部の先端部の拡大図である。(A) is a longitudinal cross-sectional view of the reaction force generator according to Modification 2 of the thirteenth embodiment, and (B) is an enlarged view of the distal end portion of the leg portion of the reaction force generator of (A). 前記第13実施形態の変形例3に係る反力発生装置における脚部の貫通孔への侵入状態を示す縦断面図である。It is a longitudinal cross-sectional view which shows the penetration | invasion state to the through-hole of the leg part in the reaction force generator which concerns on the modification 3 of the said 13th Embodiment. 本発明の第14実施形態に係る鍵盤装置の概略側面図である。It is a schematic side view of the keyboard apparatus according to the fourteenth embodiment of the present invention. 図22の鍵盤装置の概略平面図である。It is a schematic plan view of the keyboard apparatus of FIG. (A)は脚部を変更した変形例に係る反力発生装置における脚部の貫通孔への侵入状態を示す縦断面図であり、(B)は(A)のB−B線に沿って見た横断面図であり、(C)は脚部を変更した他の変形例に係る反力発生装置における脚部の(B)に対応した横断面図である。(A) is a longitudinal cross-sectional view which shows the penetration | invasion state to the through-hole of the leg part in the reaction force generator which concerns on the modification which changed the leg part, (B) is along the BB line of (A). It is the cross-sectional view which was seen, (C) is a cross-sectional view corresponding to (B) of the leg part in the reaction force generator which concerns on the other modification which changed the leg part.

a.第1実施形態
以下、本発明の第1実施形態について図面を用いて説明する。図1は第1実施形態に係る鍵盤装置を右から見た概略側面図であり、図2は前記鍵盤装置の概略平面図である。なお、図1においては、鍵盤装置の前後方向を左右方向とし、鍵盤装置の上下方向を上下方向とする。そして、本明細書では、図1及び図2の左側を前側とし、かつ右側を後側として説明するとともに、図2の上下方向を横方向(左右方向)として説明する。
a. First Embodiment Hereinafter, a first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 1 is a schematic side view of the keyboard device according to the first embodiment viewed from the right, and FIG. 2 is a schematic plan view of the keyboard device. In FIG. 1, the front-back direction of the keyboard device is the left-right direction, and the up-down direction of the keyboard device is the up-down direction. In the present specification, the left side of FIGS. 1 and 2 will be described as the front side and the right side as the rear side, and the vertical direction of FIG. 2 will be described as the horizontal direction (left and right direction).

この鍵盤装置は、演奏者によって押離鍵操作される複数の白鍵11w及び複数の黒鍵11bを備えている。白鍵11wは、前後方向に長尺状に形成されるとともに下方を開放させた断面コ字状に形成されて、鍵フレーム31の平板状の上板部31a上に配置されている。鍵フレーム31は、合成樹脂により金型を用いて成形される。ただし、鍵フレーム31は、全体を一体成形することもあるし、複数の成形部品を組み合わせることもある。鍵フレーム31は、上板部31aの前端及び後端から下方に延設された平板状の脚部31b,31cを有し、脚部31b,31cの下端部分にて楽器内に設けたフレームFR上に固定されている。鍵フレーム31の上板部31aの後端から少し前の後部の上面上には、白鍵11wの内側にて対向する一対の板状の白鍵11w用の鍵支持部32wが立設固定されている。鍵支持部32wの上部には、互いに対向する位置にてそれぞれ外側に突出した突出部が設けられ、突出部を白鍵11wの両側面後端部に設けた貫通孔に内側から回転可能に侵入させている。これにより、白鍵11wは、鍵支持部32wにより揺動可能に支持され、前端部を上下方向に変位させる。以下の説明では、この白鍵11wの揺動中心を揺動軸Cwとする。   This keyboard device includes a plurality of white keys 11w and a plurality of black keys 11b that are pressed and released by the performer. The white key 11w is formed in an elongated shape in the front-rear direction and is formed in a U-shaped cross section with the lower part opened, and is disposed on the flat plate upper plate portion 31a of the key frame 31. The key frame 31 is molded from a synthetic resin using a mold. However, the key frame 31 may be integrally molded as a whole, or a plurality of molded parts may be combined. The key frame 31 includes flat leg portions 31b and 31c extending downward from the front end and the rear end of the upper plate portion 31a, and a frame FR provided in the musical instrument at the lower end portions of the leg portions 31b and 31c. It is fixed on the top. On the upper surface of the rear part just before the rear end of the upper plate part 31a of the key frame 31, a pair of plate-like key support parts 32w for the white key 11w opposed to the inside of the white key 11w are fixed upright. ing. The upper part of the key support part 32w is provided with protrusions that protrude outward at positions facing each other, and the protrusions enter into the through holes provided at the rear ends of both sides of the white key 11w so as to be rotatable from the inside. I am letting. Thereby, the white key 11w is supported by the key support portion 32w so as to be swingable, and the front end portion is displaced in the vertical direction. In the following description, the swing center of the white key 11w is defined as a swing axis Cw.

黒鍵11bは、前部上面が高くなっている形状こそ異なるが、他の構成は白鍵11wと同様であり、鍵フレーム31の平板状の上板部31a上に配置されている。鍵フレーム31の上板部31aの後端部の上面上には、黒鍵11bの内側にて対向する一対の板状の黒鍵11b用の鍵支持部32bが立設固定されている。鍵支持部32bの上部にも、互いに対向する位置にてそれぞれ外側に突出した突出部が設けられ、突出部を黒鍵11bの両側面後端部に設けた貫通孔に内側から回転可能に侵入させている。これにより、黒鍵11bは、鍵支持部32bにより揺動可能に支持され、前端部を上下方向に変位させる。以下の説明では、この黒鍵11bの揺動中心を揺動軸Cbとする。そして、詳しくは後述するが、反力発生部材21のドーム部21w1,21b1が白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの押鍵時に同様な動作をするように、鍵支持部32bを鍵支持部32wよりも後方に位置させて、揺動軸Cbを揺動軸Cwよりも後方に位置させている。   The black key 11b is different in the shape in which the front upper surface is raised, but the other configuration is the same as the white key 11w, and is arranged on the flat plate-like upper plate portion 31a of the key frame 31. On the upper surface of the rear end portion of the upper plate portion 31a of the key frame 31, a key support portion 32b for a pair of plate-like black keys 11b facing inside the black key 11b is erected and fixed. The upper part of the key support part 32b is also provided with a protruding part that protrudes outward at a position facing each other, and the protruding part penetrates into a through hole provided at the rear end part on both sides of the black key 11b so as to be rotatable from the inside. I am letting. Thereby, the black key 11b is supported by the key support portion 32b so as to be swingable, and the front end portion is displaced in the vertical direction. In the following description, the center of swing of the black key 11b is defined as a swing axis Cb. As will be described in detail later, the key support portion 32b is more than the key support portion 32w so that the dome portions 21w1, 21b1 of the reaction force generating member 21 perform the same operation when the white key 11w and the black key 11b are pressed. The swing shaft Cb is positioned rearward of the swing shaft Cw.

鍵フレーム31の上板部31aの上面には、白鍵11wの前端部の下方位置にて鍵ガイド33wが立設しており、黒鍵11bの前端部の下方位置にて鍵ガイド33bが立設している。鍵ガイド33w,33bは白鍵11w及び黒鍵11b内にそれぞれ摺動可能に侵入しており、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bは、それらの上下方向の揺動時に左右方向に変位しないようになっている。   On the upper surface of the upper plate portion 31a of the key frame 31, a key guide 33w is erected at a position below the front end of the white key 11w, and the key guide 33b is erected at a position below the front end of the black key 11b. Has been established. The key guides 33w and 33b are slidably inserted into the white key 11w and the black key 11b, respectively, and the white key 11w and the black key 11b are not displaced in the left-right direction when they are swung in the up-down direction. ing.

白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの前後方向の中央部の下方には、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの押鍵操作に対して反力を付与する反力発生部材21が設けられている。反力発生部材21は、複数のドーム部21w1,21b1、複数のトップ部21w2,21b2、ベース部21−3及び複数の脚部21−4からなり、弾性を有するゴムにより一体成形されている。反力発生部材21は、鍵フレーム31の上板部31aに傾斜させて設けた支持部31dに脚部21−4を貫通させて、支持部31dの上面にベース部21−3の下面を密着させて固定されている。白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの下面には、反力発生部材21の複数のトップ部21w2,21b2の上面に対向する位置にて、押鍵時にトップ部21w2,21b2を上方から押圧する平板状の押圧部11w1,11b1が設けられている。なお、押圧部11w1,11b1の下面は平面でなくても、球面などであってもよい。また、押圧部11w1,11b1を、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの内部上面から下方に突出させた十字型、H字型等のリブなどで構成してもよい。   A reaction force generating member 21 that applies a reaction force to the key pressing operation of the white key 11w and the black key 11b is provided below the central part in the front-rear direction of the white key 11w and the black key 11b. The reaction force generating member 21 includes a plurality of dome portions 21w1, 21b1, a plurality of top portions 21w2, 21b2, a base portion 21-3, and a plurality of leg portions 21-4, and is integrally formed of elastic rubber. The reaction force generating member 21 has a leg portion 21-4 penetrating through a support portion 31d provided to be inclined to the upper plate portion 31a of the key frame 31, and the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 is in close contact with the upper surface of the support portion 31d. Let it be fixed. The lower surface of the white key 11w and the black key 11b has a flat plate shape that presses the top portions 21w2 and 21b2 from above at a position opposite to the upper surfaces of the plurality of top portions 21w2 and 21b2 of the reaction force generating member 21. Pressing portions 11w1 and 11b1 are provided. The lower surfaces of the pressing portions 11w1 and 11b1 may not be flat but may be spherical. Further, the pressing portions 11w1 and 11b1 may be configured by cross-shaped or H-shaped ribs or the like protruding downward from the inner upper surfaces of the white key 11w and the black key 11b.

また、この鍵盤装置は、押圧部11w1,11b1と鍵支持部32w,32bの中間位置にて、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bと、鍵フレーム31の上板部31aとの間にそれぞれ組み込まれた白鍵11w用のスプリング34w及び黒鍵11b用のスプリング34bを備えている。スプリング34w,34bは、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bを上板部31aに対して上方に付勢している。なお、これらのスプリング34w、34bは、コイル状でなくても、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bを上方に付勢することができれば、板ばねのようなスプリングでもよい。   The keyboard device is incorporated between the white key 11w and the black key 11b and the upper plate portion 31a of the key frame 31 at an intermediate position between the pressing portions 11w1 and 11b1 and the key support portions 32w and 32b. A spring 34w for the white key 11w and a spring 34b for the black key 11b are provided. The springs 34w and 34b urge the white key 11w and the black key 11b upward with respect to the upper plate portion 31a. The springs 34w and 34b may be springs such as leaf springs as long as the white key 11w and the black key 11b can be urged upward without being coiled.

白鍵11wは、その前端部から下方に延設させた延設部11w2を備え、延設部11w2の下端には前方に突出させた係合部11w3が設けられ、係合部11w3は鍵フレーム31の上板部31aに設けた貫通孔を介して、上板部31aの下方に上方から侵入している。また、鍵フレーム31の上板部31aの前端部下面には上限ストッパ部材35wが設けられている。上限ストッパ部材35wは、フェルトのような緩衝部材により構成されており、白鍵11wの係合部11w3との当接により、白鍵11wの前端部の上方への変位を規制する。また、鍵フレーム31の上板部31aの前端部上面には下限ストッパ部材36wが設けられている。下限ストッパ部材36wも、フェルトのような緩衝部材により構成されており、白鍵11wの前端部下面との当接により、白鍵11wの前端部の下方への変位を規制する。   The white key 11w includes an extending portion 11w2 extending downward from the front end portion thereof, and an engaging portion 11w3 protruding forward is provided at the lower end of the extending portion 11w2, and the engaging portion 11w3 is a key frame. Through the through hole provided in the upper plate portion 31a of 31, the lower part of the upper plate portion 31a is entered from above. Further, an upper limit stopper member 35 w is provided on the lower surface of the front end portion of the upper plate portion 31 a of the key frame 31. The upper limit stopper member 35w is composed of a cushioning member such as a felt, and restricts the upward displacement of the front end portion of the white key 11w by contacting the engaging portion 11w3 of the white key 11w. A lower limit stopper member 36 w is provided on the upper surface of the front end portion of the upper plate portion 31 a of the key frame 31. The lower limit stopper member 36w is also composed of a cushioning member such as felt, and restricts the downward displacement of the front end portion of the white key 11w by contacting the lower surface of the front end portion of the white key 11w.

黒鍵11bは、その前端部から下方に延設させた延設部11b2を備え、延設部11b2の下端には後方に突出させた係合部11b3が設けられ、係合部11b3は鍵フレーム31の上板部31aに設けた貫通孔を介して、上板部31aの下方に上方から侵入している。また、鍵フレーム31の上板部31aの中間部下面には上限ストッパ部材35bが設けられている。上限ストッパ部材35bも、フェルトのような緩衝部材により構成されており、黒鍵11bの係合部11b3との当接により、黒鍵11bの前端部の上方への変位を規制する。また、鍵フレーム31の上板部31aの中間部上面には下限ストッパ部材36bが設けられている。下限ストッパ部材36bも、フェルトのような緩衝部材により構成されており、黒鍵11bの前端部下面との当接により、黒鍵11bの前端部の下方への変位を規制する。   The black key 11b is provided with an extending portion 11b2 extending downward from the front end portion thereof, and an engaging portion 11b3 protruding backward is provided at the lower end of the extending portion 11b2, and the engaging portion 11b3 is a key frame. Through the through hole provided in the upper plate portion 31a of 31, the lower part of the upper plate portion 31a is entered from above. An upper limit stopper member 35 b is provided on the lower surface of the intermediate portion of the upper plate portion 31 a of the key frame 31. The upper limit stopper member 35b is also composed of a cushioning member such as a felt, and restricts the upward displacement of the front end portion of the black key 11b by contact with the engaging portion 11b3 of the black key 11b. A lower limit stopper member 36b is provided on the upper surface of the intermediate portion of the upper plate portion 31a of the key frame 31. The lower limit stopper member 36b is also composed of a cushioning member such as a felt, and restricts the downward displacement of the front end portion of the black key 11b by contacting the lower surface of the front end portion of the black key 11b.

また、鍵フレーム31の上板部31aの下面であって反力発生部材21の若干後方位置には、電気回路基板37が上板部31aと平行になるように固定されている。電気回路基板37の上面には、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bのためのドーム状の鍵スイッチ38w,38bがそれぞれ固定されている。鍵スイッチ38w,38bは、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの押鍵時に、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの下面から突出させた突出部で押圧されてオフ状態からオン状態に変化して、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの押離鍵操作を検出する。なお、この鍵スイッチ38w,38bによる押離鍵操作の検出は、楽音信号の発生制御に利用される。   An electric circuit board 37 is fixed to the lower surface of the upper plate portion 31a of the key frame 31 and slightly behind the reaction force generating member 21 so as to be parallel to the upper plate portion 31a. On the upper surface of the electric circuit board 37, dome-shaped key switches 38w and 38b for the white key 11w and the black key 11b are fixed, respectively. When the white key 11w and the black key 11b are depressed, the key switches 38w and 38b are pressed by the projecting portions projecting from the lower surfaces of the white key 11w and the black key 11b to change from the off state to the on state. 11w and black key 11b are detected. The detection of the key release operation by the key switches 38w and 38b is used for the generation control of the musical tone signal.

次に、反力発生部材21及びその周辺部材について、図3の縦断面図を用いて詳しく説明する。反力発生部材21は、前述のように、複数のドーム部21w1,21b1、複数のトップ部21w2,21b2、ベース部21−3及び複数の脚部21−4からなり、弾性を有するゴムにより一体成形されている。   Next, the reaction force generating member 21 and its peripheral members will be described in detail using the longitudinal sectional view of FIG. As described above, the reaction force generating member 21 includes a plurality of dome portions 21w1, 21b1, a plurality of top portions 21w2, 21b2, a base portion 21-3, and a plurality of leg portions 21-4, and is integrated with elastic rubber. Molded.

複数のドーム部21w1及びトップ部21w2は、白鍵11wの押鍵時に押圧部11w1によりそれぞれ押圧されて、複数の白鍵11wの押鍵操作に対して反力をそれぞれ付与するものである。複数のドーム部21b1及びトップ部21b2は、黒鍵11bの押鍵時に押圧部11b1によりそれぞれ押圧されて、複数の黒鍵11bの押鍵操作に対して反力をそれぞれ付与するものである。複数のドーム部21w1及びトップ部21w2と、複数のドーム部21b1及びトップ部21b2は、それぞれ同一の形状及び大きさを有し、前後方向の同じ位置にて横方向に一列にベース部21−3上に配置されている(図2参照)。   The plurality of dome portions 21w1 and the top portion 21w2 are respectively pressed by the pressing portion 11w1 when the white key 11w is pressed, and respectively apply reaction force to the key pressing operation of the plurality of white keys 11w. The plurality of dome portions 21b1 and the top portion 21b2 are respectively pressed by the pressing portion 11b1 when the black key 11b is pressed, and respectively apply reaction force to the key pressing operation of the plurality of black keys 11b. The plurality of dome portions 21w1 and the top portion 21w2, and the plurality of dome portions 21b1 and the top portion 21b2 have the same shape and size, respectively, and the base portion 21-3 in a row in the horizontal direction at the same position in the front-rear direction. Arranged above (see FIG. 2).

ドーム部21w1,21b1は、上部から下方に向かって軸心Yw,Yb回りの径(径方向長さ)を全周に渡ってそれぞれ徐々に増加させて、上方からの押圧により変形し易い薄肉のドーム状にそれぞれ形成されており、下端部を円形にそれぞれ開口させている。ドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する断面形状はそれぞれ円形である。そして、ドーム部21w1,21b1は、上方からの押圧力の増加により弾性変形して反力をそれぞれ徐々に増加させるとともに、反力がピークに達した後に座屈変形によって反力をそれぞれ急激に減少させる。トップ部21w2,21b2は、上面が開放された円筒状にそれぞれ形成されていて、下面にてドーム部21w1,21b1の上面にそれぞれ接続されている。トップ部21w2,21b2は全周にわたってそれぞれ均一の高さに設定され、その上面は平面である。トップ部21w2,21b2の軸心はドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybとそれぞれ同じであり、トップ部21w2,21b2の上面の法線は軸心Yw,Ybの方向とそれぞれ平行である。なお、トップ部21w2,21b2は、上方から押圧されてもほとんど変形しない。   The dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 are thin-walled portions that are gradually deformed by pressing from above by gradually increasing the diameters (radial lengths) around the axial centers Yw and Yb from the top to the bottom. Each is formed in a dome shape, and the lower end is opened circularly. The cross-sectional shapes orthogonal to the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 are circular. The dome portions 21w1, 21b1 are elastically deformed by increasing the pressing force from above to gradually increase the reaction force, and after the reaction force reaches its peak, the reaction force is rapidly decreased by buckling deformation. Let me. The top portions 21w2 and 21b2 are respectively formed in a cylindrical shape with an open top surface, and are connected to the top surfaces of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 on the bottom surface. The top portions 21w2 and 21b2 are set to have a uniform height over the entire circumference, and the upper surface thereof is a flat surface. The axial centers of the top portions 21w2 and 21b2 are the same as the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and the normals of the top surfaces of the top portions 21w2 and 21b2 are parallel to the directions of the axial centers Yw and Yb, respectively. The top portions 21w2 and 21b2 are hardly deformed even when pressed from above.

ドーム部21w1及びトップ部21w2の軸心Ywと、ドーム部21b1及びトップ部21b2の軸心Ybは平行であり、それらの上部は前方に位置するように若干傾いている。これらの軸心Yw,Ybの方向は、ドーム部21w1,21b1による反力がピークに達したとき、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの押圧部11w1,11b1による押圧方向と一致するようになっている。そして、押圧部11w1,11b1の下面(押圧面)の法線が反力ピーク時において軸心Yw,Ybと平行になるように、押圧部11w1,11b1は形成されている。これらの押圧方向は、白鍵11wの押圧部11w1の揺動軸Cw回りの回転方向、及び黒鍵11bの押圧部11b1の揺動軸Cb回りの回転方向とそれぞれ同じである。一方、演奏において、白鍵11wの押鍵時における白鍵11wの前端の下方への変位量と、黒鍵11bの押鍵時における黒鍵11bの前端の下方への変位量とをほぼ等しくする必要がある。そして、黒鍵11bの前端は白鍵11wの前端よりも後方に位置するので、前述のように、黒鍵11bの揺動軸Cbを白鍵11wの揺動軸Cwに比べて後方に位置させている。   The axial center Yw of the dome part 21w1 and the top part 21w2 and the axial center Yb of the dome part 21b1 and the top part 21b2 are parallel, and the upper parts thereof are slightly inclined so as to be positioned forward. The directions of these axial centers Yw and Yb coincide with the pressing directions by the pressing portions 11w1 and 11b1 of the white key 11w and the black key 11b when the reaction force by the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 reaches a peak. . And press part 11w1, 11b1 is formed so that the normal line of the lower surface (pressing surface) of press part 11w1, 11b1 may become parallel to axial center Yw, Yb at the time of reaction force peak. These pressing directions are the same as the rotation direction around the rocking axis Cw of the pressing portion 11w1 of the white key 11w and the rotation direction around the rocking axis Cb of the pressing portion 11b1 of the black key 11b. On the other hand, in the performance, the downward displacement amount of the front end of the white key 11w when the white key 11w is depressed and the downward displacement amount of the front end of the black key 11b when the black key 11b is depressed are substantially equal. There is a need. Since the front end of the black key 11b is located behind the front end of the white key 11w, as described above, the rocking shaft Cb of the black key 11b is located behind the rocking shaft Cw of the white key 11w. ing.

言い換えれば、押鍵時における白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの前端の下方への変位量をほぼ等しくするという条件下で、ドーム部21w1,21b1を前後方向の同一位置にて横方向に一列に配置するとともに軸心Yw,Ybをそれぞれ同一方向とし、かつドーム部21w1,21b1の反力ピーク時における押圧部11w1,11b1による押圧方向(すなわち、押圧部11w1,11b1の揺動軸Cw,Cb回りの回転方向)と一致させるために、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの揺動軸Cw,Cbの前後位置が設定される。ただし、白鍵11wの押圧部11w1の下面位置は、黒鍵11bの押圧部11b1の下面位置よりも若干高い。なお、押圧部11w1,11b1の下面位置を異ならせるのに代えて、白鍵11w用のトップ部21w2の軸心Ywの方向の長さを、黒鍵11b用のトップ部21b2の軸心Ybの方向の長さよりも若干長くするようにしてもよい。   In other words, the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 are arranged in a row in the horizontal direction at the same position in the front-rear direction under the condition that the amount of downward displacement of the front ends of the white key 11w and the black key 11b is substantially equal when the key is pressed. In addition, the axial centers Yw and Yb are set in the same direction, and the pressing direction by the pressing portions 11w1 and 11b1 at the reaction force peak of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 (that is, around the swing axes Cw and Cb of the pressing portions 11w1 and 11b1). In order to coincide with the rotation direction), the front and rear positions of the swing axes Cw and Cb of the white key 11w and the black key 11b are set. However, the lower surface position of the pressing portion 11w1 of the white key 11w is slightly higher than the lower surface position of the pressing portion 11b1 of the black key 11b. Instead of changing the lower surface positions of the pressing portions 11w1 and 11b1, the length in the direction of the axis Yw of the top portion 21w2 for the white key 11w is set to the length of the axis Yb of the top portion 21b2 for the black key 11b. You may make it make it a little longer than the length of a direction.

ベース部21−3は、ドーム部21w1,21b1の下面に連続して接続されて、ドーム部21w1,21b1の下端から外側に板状に延設されている。ベース部21−3は、平面視で横方向に長尺の長方形状であり(図2参照)、かつ上下方向に厚肉に形成されて、その横方向に直交する縦断面形状は前端を後端よりも厚く構成した台形である。ベース部21−3の上面及び下面も平面であり、その上面は、ドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交していて、ドーム部21w1,21b1の上部内面及びトップ部21w2,21b2の上面と平行である。ベース部21−3の下面は、反力発生部材21の支持部31dへの組み付け固定時においては、支持部31dの上面に密着する。この場合、ベース部21−3の下面の上面に対する角度θp1、すなわちべース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1は、軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31dの板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2に等しい。この第1実施形態では、支持部31dは厚さを均一にした平板であって、その上面と下面は平行であり、板厚方向Dpは支持部31dの上面及び下面と直交する方向である。なお、図3のP1はベース部21−3の上面に平行な平面、すなわち軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面を示している。   The base portion 21-3 is continuously connected to the lower surfaces of the dome portions 21w1, 21b1, and extends in a plate shape outward from the lower ends of the dome portions 21w1, 21b1. The base portion 21-3 has a rectangular shape that is long in the horizontal direction in plan view (see FIG. 2), and is formed thick in the vertical direction. It is a trapezoid made thicker than the edges. The upper surface and the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 are also flat, and the upper surfaces are orthogonal to the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and the upper inner surfaces and the top portions 21w2 and 21b2 of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1. Parallel to the top surface. The lower surface of the base portion 21-3 is in close contact with the upper surface of the support portion 31d when the reaction force generating member 21 is assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d. In this case, the angle θp1 with respect to the upper surface of the lower surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, the angle θp1 formed by the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane perpendicular to the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 is This is equal to an angle θp2 formed by the centers Yw and Yb and the thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d. In the first embodiment, the support portion 31d is a flat plate having a uniform thickness, the upper surface and the lower surface thereof are parallel, and the plate thickness direction Dp is a direction orthogonal to the upper surface and the lower surface of the support portion 31d. In addition, P1 of FIG. 3 has shown the plane parallel to the upper surface of the base part 21-3, ie, a plane orthogonal to the axial centers Yw and Yb.

ベース部21−3の下面には、複数の脚部21−4が一体的に形成されている。複数の脚部21−4は、ベース部21−3の下面の適宜箇所から下方に円柱状に突出しており、先端部の径を徐々に小さくしている。脚部21−4の先端部以外の部分の軸心Yk回りの外径は同じである。すなわち、脚部21−4の軸心Ykに直交する断面の形状及び大きさは、べース部21−3のドーム部21w1,21b1の反対側の面(べース部21−3の下面)近傍及び先端部以外において軸心Ykに沿って同一である。すなわち、脚部21−4の軸心Ykに直交する断面の形状及び大きさは、軸心Ykに沿って所定長さに渡り同一である。そして、脚部21−4は、べース部21−3の下面と平行な断面の形状及び大きさを軸心Ykに沿って所定長さに渡り同一に保って、べース部21−3の下面から軸心Ykをドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ykと平行に延設されている。なお、このべース部21−3の下面と平行な断面の形状は楕円形である。複数の脚部21−4の軸心Ykの方向はいずれも同じであり、共にドーム部21w1,21b1及びトップ部21w2,21b2の軸心Yw,Ybと平行である。これにより、金型を用いて反力発生部材21を成形する際には、細い脚部21−4及び薄肉のドーム部21w1,21b1を無理抜きすることなく、反力発生部材21を簡単に成形できる。   A plurality of leg portions 21-4 are integrally formed on the lower surface of the base portion 21-3. The plurality of leg portions 21-4 protrude downward in a cylindrical shape from appropriate locations on the lower surface of the base portion 21-3, and the diameter of the tip portion is gradually reduced. The outer diameter around the axis Yk of the portion other than the tip of the leg 21-4 is the same. In other words, the shape and size of the cross section orthogonal to the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 is the same as the surface of the base 21-3 opposite to the dome 21w1, 21b1 (the bottom of the base 21-3). ) It is the same along the axis Yk except in the vicinity and the tip. That is, the shape and size of the cross section perpendicular to the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 are the same over a predetermined length along the axis Yk. And the leg part 21-4 keeps the shape and magnitude | size of a cross section parallel to the lower surface of the base part 21-3 over the predetermined length along the axial center Yk, and maintains the base part 21- The axis Yk is extended from the lower surface of 3 in parallel with the axes Yw and Yk of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1. In addition, the shape of a cross section parallel to the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 is an ellipse. The directions of the axis Yk of the plurality of leg portions 21-4 are the same, and both are parallel to the axis Yw, Yb of the dome portions 21w1, 21b1 and the top portions 21w2, 21b2. Thus, when the reaction force generating member 21 is formed using a mold, the reaction force generating member 21 is easily formed without forcibly removing the thin leg portions 21-4 and the thin dome portions 21w1, 21b1. it can.

このように構成した反力発生部材21の複数の脚部21−4を支持部31dに設けた複数の貫通孔31d1にそれぞれ侵入させて圧入することにより、反力発生部材21は支持部31d上に固定されている。貫通孔31d1は、支持部31dを貫通する孔である。この貫通孔31d1について具体的に説明すると、支持部31dの下面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の突出側位置)における貫通孔31d1の形状は脚部21−4の軸心Ykを中心とする円形であり、その内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さい。また、支持部31dの上面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の侵入側位置)における貫通孔31d1の形状も円形であるが、その内径は前記下面位置の内径よりも大きく、その中心は脚部21−4の軸心Ykとは異なる。そして、貫通孔31d1の内側面は、上方から下方に向かうに従って内径が小さくなる円錐台状に形成されている。   The reaction force generation member 21 is placed on the support portion 31d by inserting the plurality of legs 21-4 of the reaction force generation member 21 configured as described above into the plurality of through holes 31d1 provided in the support portion 31d and press-fitting them. It is fixed to. The through hole 31d1 is a hole that penetrates the support portion 31d. The through hole 31d1 will be specifically described. The shape of the through hole 31d1 at the lower surface position of the support portion 31d (that is, the protruding side position of the leg portion 21-4) is a circle centering on the axis Yk of the leg portion 21-4. The inner diameter is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the columnar portion of the leg 21-4. The shape of the through hole 31d1 at the upper surface position of the support portion 31d (that is, the position on the entry side of the leg portion 21-4) is also circular, but the inner diameter thereof is larger than the inner diameter of the lower surface position, and the center thereof is the leg portion 21. -4 is different from the axis Yk. The inner side surface of the through hole 31d1 is formed in a truncated cone shape whose inner diameter becomes smaller from the upper side toward the lower side.

そして、この貫通孔31d1の内側面の傾斜角度は、次のように設定されている。この場合、支持部31dの下面(すなわち、脚部21−4が全周に渡って貫通孔31d1の内周面と接触する平面位置)における貫通孔31d1の中心位置を通る板厚方向Dpの直線をLpとする。なお、脚部21−4が全周に渡って貫通孔31d1の内周面と接触するとは、脚部21−4の外周面が貫通孔31d1の内周面と接触することを意味するもので、この記載は他の実施形態でも用いる。また、脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとが成す角度θp3とする。この場合、脚部21−4の軸心Ykはドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybとそれぞれ平行であり、直線Lpは板厚方向Dpと同じであるので、角度θp3は前述した角度θp1,θp2にそれぞれ等しい。   The inclination angle of the inner surface of the through hole 31d1 is set as follows. In this case, a straight line in the plate thickness direction Dp passing through the center position of the through hole 31d1 on the lower surface of the support portion 31d (that is, the planar position where the leg portion 21-4 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1 over the entire circumference). Is Lp. Note that that the leg portion 21-4 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1 over the entire circumference means that the outer peripheral surface of the leg portion 21-4 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1. This description is also used in other embodiments. Further, the angle θp3 is defined by the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 and the straight line Lp. In this case, since the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 is parallel to the axes Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and the straight line Lp is the same as the plate thickness direction Dp, the angle θp3 is the angle θp1 described above. , Θp2 respectively.

ここで、軸心Ykと直線Lpを含む平面を想定する。そして、想定した平面と、貫通孔31d1の内側面とが交差する一対の内側面(すなわち一対の直線)のうちで、軸心Ykが支持部31dの下面よりも上方にて直線Lpに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示右側の内側面)をIn1とする。また、前記一対の内側面のうちの他方の内側面、すなわち直線Lpが支持部31dの下面よりも上方にて軸心Ykに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示左側の内側面)をIn2とする。内側面In1の延設方向は、軸心Ykと平行であり、下方から上方に向かって直線Lp(板厚方向Dp)に対して外側に広がっている。一方、内側面In2の延設方向は、直線Lpすなわち支持部31dの板厚方向Dpに平行である。なお、貫通孔31d1は、前述のように鍵フレーム31を合成樹脂で型成形した際に形成されるものであり、この第1実施形態では、貫通孔31d1は支持部31dの下面を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取ることにより形成される。したがって、貫通孔31d1は、型成形により容易に形成される。   Here, a plane including the axis Yk and the straight line Lp is assumed. Of the pair of inner side surfaces (that is, a pair of straight lines) where the assumed plane and the inner side surface of the through hole 31d1 intersect, the axis Yk is above the lower surface of the support portion 31d with respect to the straight line Lp. The inner side surface (the inner side surface on the right side in the figure) on the inclined side is defined as In1. The other inner surface of the pair of inner surfaces, that is, the inner surface on the side where the straight line Lp is inclined with respect to the axis Yk above the lower surface of the support portion 31d (the inner surface on the left side in the drawing). Is In2. The extending direction of the inner side surface In1 is parallel to the axis Yk, and extends outward from the lower side with respect to the straight line Lp (plate thickness direction Dp). On the other hand, the extending direction of the inner surface In2 is parallel to the straight line Lp, that is, the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d. The through hole 31d1 is formed when the key frame 31 is molded with synthetic resin as described above. In the first embodiment, the through hole 31d1 is a plate with the lower surface of the support portion 31d as a boundary. It is formed by extracting the mold in the thickness direction Dp. Therefore, the through hole 31d1 is easily formed by molding.

また、反力発生部材21の支持部31dへの組み付けにおいては、前述のように、複数の脚部21−4を複数の貫通孔31d1にそれぞれ侵入させて圧入することにより、反力発生部材21が支持部31d上に固定される。この組み付けにおいては、脚部21−4の図3の右側面を貫通孔31d1の内側面In1に当接させながら、反力発生部材21を軸心Yw,Ybの方向に押して支持部31dに押し込む。この場合、脚部21−4は、貫通孔31d1の内側面と長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)することなく、貫通孔31d1内に内側面In1に沿って軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入する。   Further, in assembling the reaction force generating member 21 to the support portion 31d, as described above, the reaction force generating member 21 is inserted by inserting the plurality of leg portions 21-4 into the plurality of through holes 31d1, respectively. Is fixed on the support portion 31d. In this assembly, the reaction force generating member 21 is pushed into the support portions 31d by pushing the reaction force generating member 21 in the directions of the axial centers Yw and Yb while bringing the right side surface of the leg portion 21-4 in FIG. 3 into contact with the inner surface In1 of the through hole 31d1. . In this case, the leg 21-4 does not contact (interfere) with the inner side surface of the through hole 31d1 over a long distance (ie, a large area), and the axis Yk of the axial center Yk extends along the inner side surface In1 in the through hole 31d1. Enter smoothly in the direction.

そして、脚部21−4をさらに貫通孔31d1内に押し込めば、支持部31dの下面位置における貫通孔31d1の内径は脚部21−4の外径よりも若干小さいので、貫通孔31d1の内側面下端部が脚部21−4の軸心Ykの方向の一部にて脚部21−4の外周面に全周に渡って接触して、貫通孔31d1内の内側面下端部と接触する脚部の一部が変形するので、反力発生部材21は支持部31dに固定される。この場合、貫通孔31d1の内側面に接触する脚部21−4の外周面部分は、軸心Ykの方向に短くても、軸心Ykの方向に直交する方向に大きく変形して、脚部21−4は大きな力で貫通孔31d1内に安定して保持される。   If the leg 21-4 is further pushed into the through hole 31d1, the inner diameter of the through hole 31d1 at the lower surface position of the support 31d is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the leg 21-4. A leg whose lower end is in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the leg 21-4 over the entire circumference at a part in the direction of the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 and in contact with the lower end of the inner side surface in the through hole 31d1. Since a part of the portion is deformed, the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed to the support portion 31d. In this case, the outer peripheral surface portion of the leg portion 21-4 that contacts the inner side surface of the through hole 31d1 is greatly deformed in the direction perpendicular to the direction of the axis Yk even if it is short in the direction of the axis Yk. 21-4 is stably held in the through hole 31d1 with a large force.

また、この場合、ベース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1(すなわち、ベース部21−3の下面の上面に対する角度θp1)は、軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31dの板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2(及び脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとがなす角度θp3)に等しいので、ベース部21−3の下面は板厚方向Dpと直交して支持部31dの上面と平行になる。したがって、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31dの上面に当接して、反力発生部材21は支持部31dの上面に密着して固定される。   In this case, the angle θp1 formed by the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane perpendicular to the axes Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 (that is, the angle θp1 with respect to the upper surface of the lower surface of the base portion 21-3) is Is equal to the angle θp2 formed by the axis Yw, Yb and the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d (and the angle θp3 formed by the axis Yk of the leg portion 21-4 and the straight line Lp). The lower surface is orthogonal to the plate thickness direction Dp and parallel to the upper surface of the support portion 31d. Therefore, the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d, and the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed in close contact with the upper surface of the support portion 31d.

さらに、脚部21−4の先端部(貫通孔31dの内側面に接触しない部分)以外の部分の外径は同じであり、貫通孔31dの内側面と接触する脚部21−4の外周面は径方向に主に変形する。したがって、この脚部21−4の外周面の変形は、ベース部21−3の下面の支持部31dの上面への密着に悪影響を及ぼさず、ベース部21−3の下面を支持部31dの上面に密着させ易い。また、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに固定した後に、脚部21−4の変形した部分が原形に復帰しようとする力は、脚部21−4の径方向外側に作用するので、ベース部21−3の下面と、支持部31dの上面との密着は安定して維持される。その結果、ベース部21−3の下面すなわちドーム部21w1,21b1の反対側の平面を支持部31dの設置面(上面)に密着させて、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   Furthermore, the outer diameters of the portions other than the tip portion of the leg portion 21-4 (portion that does not contact the inner side surface of the through hole 31d) are the same, and the outer peripheral surface of the leg portion 21-4 that contacts the inner side surface of the through hole 31d. Deforms mainly in the radial direction. Therefore, the deformation of the outer peripheral surface of the leg portion 21-4 does not adversely affect the close contact of the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 with the upper surface of the support portion 31d, and the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 is used as the upper surface of the support portion 31d. Easy to adhere to. Further, after the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed to the support portion 31d, the force that the deformed portion of the leg portion 21-4 attempts to return to the original shape acts on the outer side in the radial direction of the leg portion 21-4. The close contact between the lower surface of the portion 21-3 and the upper surface of the support portion 31d is stably maintained. As a result, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, the plane opposite to the dome portions 21w1, 21b1 is brought into close contact with the installation surface (upper surface) of the support portion 31d, and the reaction force generating member 21 is easily and stably supported on the support portion 31d. Can be assembled and fixed.

次に、前記のように構成した第1実施形態に係る鍵盤装置の動作について説明する。演奏者が白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bを押し始めると、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bは、スプリング34w,34bの反力に抗して、揺動軸Cw,Cb回りにそれぞれ揺動を開始し、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの前端部が下方に変位して係合部11w3,11b3が上限ストッパ部材35w,35bから離れ、その後、押圧部11w1,11b1が反力発生部材21のトップ部21w2,21b2の上面の後側端部に当接する。そして、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bがさらに押されると、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの前端部がさらに下方に変位して、押圧部11w1,11b1の押圧により反力発生部材21のドーム部21w1,21b1が全周に渡ってほぼ均等に変形し始める。これにより、演奏者は、スプリング34w,34bによる反力に加えて、ドーム部21w1,21b1の徐々に増加する反力を感じ始める。この場合のドーム部21w1,21b1の変形は軸心Yw,Ybに対してほぼ対称である。   Next, the operation of the keyboard device according to the first embodiment configured as described above will be described. When the performer starts to press the white key 11w and the black key 11b, the white key 11w and the black key 11b start swinging around the swing axes Cw and Cb against the reaction force of the springs 34w and 34b, respectively. The front ends of the white key 11w and the black key 11b are displaced downward to disengage the engaging portions 11w3 and 11b3 from the upper limit stopper members 35w and 35b. , 21b2 is in contact with the rear end of the upper surface. When the white key 11w and the black key 11b are further pressed, the front end portions of the white key 11w and the black key 11b are further displaced downward, and the dome portion 21w1 of the reaction force generating member 21 is pressed by the pressing portions 11w1 and 11b1. , 21b1 starts to deform almost uniformly over the entire circumference. Thereby, in addition to the reaction force by the springs 34w and 34b, the performer begins to feel the reaction force that gradually increases in the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1. In this case, the deformation of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 is substantially symmetric with respect to the axial centers Yw and Yb.

ただし、実際には、反力発生部材21w,21bは揺動軸Cw,Cb回りに回動動作する白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bによってそれぞれ押圧され、ドーム部21w1,21b1及びトップ部21w2,21b2に対する白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの押圧方向は白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの回動動作に応じて多少変化するので、前記ドーム部21w1,21b1の変形は厳密には軸心Yw,Ybに対して対称ではない。しかし、前記押圧方向の変化は僅かであり、かつ反力のピーク時には、押圧部11w1,11b1の下面の法線が軸心Yw,Ybに対して平行である状態で、ドーム部21w1,21b1及びトップ部21w2,21b2が白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bによってそれぞれ押圧されるので、前記ドーム部21w1,21b1の変形は実質的に軸心Yw,Ybに対して対称であるとみなしてよい。   However, in reality, the reaction force generating members 21w and 21b are pressed by the white key 11w and the black key 11b that rotate around the swing axes Cw and Cb, respectively, so that the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 and the top portions 21w2 and 21b2 are pressed. Since the pressing direction of the white key 11w and the black key 11b slightly changes according to the rotation of the white key 11w and the black key 11b, the deformation of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 is strictly limited to the axial centers Yw and Yb. Not symmetric. However, the change in the pressing direction is slight, and at the peak of the reaction force, the dome portions 21w1, 21b1 and the dome portions 21w1, 21b1, and the normals of the lower surfaces of the pressing portions 11w1, 11b1 are parallel to the axial centers Yw, Yb. Since the top portions 21w2 and 21b2 are pressed by the white key 11w and the black key 11b, respectively, the deformation of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 may be regarded as being substantially symmetric with respect to the axial centers Yw and Yb.

白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bがさらに押されると、反力発生部材21w,21bの反力がピークに達して、その後に、ドーム部21w1,21b1が座屈変形し始める。この場合のドーム部21w1,21b1の座屈は、全周にわたってほぼ同時に起こる。これにより、演奏者の押鍵に対する反力発生部材21w,21bの反力は急激に減少し、演奏者は明確なクリック感を感じる。なお、鍵スイッチ38w,38bは、この座屈よりも若干遅れて、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの下面から突出させた突出部の押圧によりオフ状態からオン状態に変化する。この鍵スイッチ38w,38bのオン状態への変化に応答して、図示しない楽音信号発生回路は楽音信号を発生し始める。   When the white key 11w and the black key 11b are further pressed, the reaction force of the reaction force generating members 21w and 21b reaches a peak, and then the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 start to buckle. In this case, buckling of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 occurs almost simultaneously over the entire circumference. As a result, the reaction force of the reaction force generating members 21w and 21b against the player's key depression decreases rapidly, and the player feels a clear click feeling. Note that the key switches 38w and 38b change from the off state to the on state by being slightly delayed from the buckling and by pressing the protruding portions protruding from the lower surfaces of the white key 11w and the black key 11b. In response to the change of the key switches 38w and 38b to the on state, a tone signal generation circuit (not shown) starts to generate tone signals.

さらに、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bが押されると、前記反力の急激な減少後、ドーム部21w1,21b1はさらに変形して反力を増加させる。その後、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの前端下面が下限ストッパ部材36w,36bに当接して、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの揺動は終了する。この状態では、反力発生部材21w,21bの弾性変形も終了する。   Further, when the white key 11w and the black key 11b are pressed, the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 are further deformed to increase the reaction force after the reaction force is rapidly reduced. Thereafter, the lower surfaces of the front ends of the white key 11w and the black key 11b come into contact with the lower limit stopper members 36w and 36b, and the swinging of the white key 11w and the black key 11b is finished. In this state, the elastic deformation of the reaction force generating members 21w and 21b is also finished.

そして、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bが離鍵されると、反力発生部材21のドーム部21w1,21b1及びスプリング34w,34bの反力により、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの前端部は上方に変位する。この白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの前端部が上方へ変位して戻る過程においては、鍵スイッチ38w,38bはオン状態からオフ状態に変化して、図示しない楽音信号発生回路は楽音信号の発生停止を制御する。また、この白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの前端部が上方へ戻る過程においては、反力発生部材21w,21bは原形に復帰し始める。さらに、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの前端部が上方へ変位すると、係合部11w3,11b3は上限ストッパ部材35w,35bに当接して、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bは離鍵状態に戻る。そして、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの押離鍵動作が終了する。   When the white key 11w and the black key 11b are released, the front ends of the white key 11w and the black key 11b are moved upward by the reaction force of the dome portions 21w1, 21b1 of the reaction force generating member 21 and the springs 34w, 34b. Displace. In the process in which the front ends of the white key 11w and the black key 11b are displaced upward, the key switches 38w and 38b change from the on state to the off state, and the tone signal generation circuit (not shown) stops generating the tone signal. To control. Further, in the process in which the front end portions of the white key 11w and the black key 11b return upward, the reaction force generating members 21w and 21b start to return to the original shape. Further, when the front end portions of the white key 11w and the black key 11b are displaced upward, the engaging portions 11w3 and 11b3 come into contact with the upper limit stopper members 35w and 35b, and the white key 11w and the black key 11b return to the key release state. Then, the key release operation of the white key 11w and the black key 11b ends.

このように構成された鍵盤装置においては、前述のように、ベース部21−3の下面すなわちドーム部21w1,21b1の反対側の平面を支持部31dの設置面(上面)に密着させて、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。そして、鍵盤装置の動作においては、前記のように支持部31dに組み付けられた反力発生部材21のドーム部21w1,21b1は、反力ピーク時に、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの押圧部11w1,11b1によってドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybの方向に押圧されるので、演奏者は良好な押鍵操作感覚を得ることができる。   In the keyboard device configured in this way, as described above, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, the opposite surface of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 is brought into close contact with the installation surface (upper surface) of the support portion 31d, so The force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d. In the operation of the keyboard device, the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 of the reaction force generating member 21 assembled to the support portion 31d as described above are the pressing portions 11w1 of the white key 11w and the black key 11b at the reaction force peak. 11b1 is pressed in the directions of the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, so that the performer can obtain a good key pressing feeling.

なお、上記第1実施形態においては、反力発生部材21のべース部21−3上に5つのドーム部21w1,21b1を配置した例について説明した。しかし、このドーム部21w1,21b1の数は、「5」より大きくても小さくてもよい。特に、本発明においては、べース部21−3上に配置されるドーム部21w1,21b1の数を1つ、すなわち1つの白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bに対して1つのドーム部21w1,21b1を有する多数の反力発生部材21を配置するようにしてもよい。また、上記第1実施形態では、反力発生部材21に10本の脚部21−4を設けたが、この脚部21−4の数も10本以外の適当な数にしてもよい。なお、これらの第1実施形態の変形例は、後述する他の実施形態及び他の変形例にも適用される。   In addition, in the said 1st Embodiment, the example which has arrange | positioned the five dome parts 21w1, 21b1 on the base part 21-3 of the reaction force generation member 21 was demonstrated. However, the number of the dome portions 21w1, 21b1 may be larger or smaller than “5”. In particular, in the present invention, the number of dome portions 21w1, 21b1 arranged on the base portion 21-3 is one, that is, one dome portion 21w1, 21b1 for one white key 11w and one black key 11b. You may make it arrange | position the many reaction force generation | occurrence | production members 21 which have these. In the first embodiment, the reaction force generating member 21 is provided with ten leg portions 21-4. However, the number of leg portions 21-4 may be an appropriate number other than ten. Note that the modified examples of the first embodiment are also applied to other embodiments and other modified examples described later.

なお、前記第1実施形態においては、内側面In1の延設方向を脚部21−4の軸心Ykの方向と平行にし、かつ内側面In2の延設方向を支持部31dの板厚方向Dpと平行にした。しかし、下記変形例1〜3のように、内側面In1,In2の延設方向は変更可能である。なお、下記変形例1〜3においては、下記変更箇所以外は、前記第1実施形態の場合と同じである。   In the first embodiment, the extending direction of the inner surface In1 is parallel to the direction of the axis Yk of the leg 21-4, and the extending direction of the inner surface In2 is the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d. And parallel. However, as in Modifications 1 to 3 below, the extending direction of the inner side surfaces In1 and In2 can be changed. In addition, in the following modifications 1-3, it is the same as that of the said 1st Embodiment except the following changed part.

a1.変形例1
まず、前記第1実施形態の変形例1について説明する。変形例1においては、図4(A)に示すように、貫通孔31d1の内側面In1を前記第1実施形態の場合に比べて、上方に向かって外側に広がるようにした。すなわち、内側面In1が、貫通孔31d1の内周面に接触する支持部31dの下面位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるようにした。この変形例1においても、貫通孔31d1は支持部31dの下面から上面に向かって広がるように円錐台状に形成されているので、貫通孔31d1は支持部31dの下面を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取ることにより簡単に形成される。
a1. Modification 1
First, Modification 1 of the first embodiment will be described. In Modification 1, as shown in FIG. 4A, the inner side surface In1 of the through hole 31d1 is made to spread outward as compared to the case of the first embodiment. In other words, the inner side surface In1 extends upward from the position of the lower surface of the support portion 31d in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1 so as to incline radially outward from the direction of the axis Yk. Also in the first modification, the through hole 31d1 is formed in a truncated cone shape so as to spread from the lower surface of the support portion 31d toward the upper surface, and therefore the through hole 31d1 is formed in the plate thickness direction Dp with the lower surface of the support portion 31d as a boundary. It is easily formed by pulling out the mold.

また、この変形例1では、貫通孔31d1の内側面In1は脚部21−4の軸心Ykと平行でないので、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d1に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を内側面In1に沿って侵入させることができない。しかし、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d1に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を、貫通孔31d1の内側面と長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)させることなく、貫通孔31d1内に軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入させることができる。そして、この変形例1においても、前記第1実施形態の場合と同様に、支持部31dの貫通孔31d1の下面と脚部21−4の外周面との係合、及びベース部21−3の下面と支持部31dの設置面(上面)との密着により、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   In the first modification, the inner surface In1 of the through hole 31d1 is not parallel to the axis Yk of the leg 21-4. Therefore, when the leg 21-4 is inserted into the through hole 31d1, the leg 21- 4 cannot enter along the inner surface In1. However, when the leg 21-4 is allowed to enter the through hole 31d1, the leg 21-4 is not brought into contact (interference) with the inner surface of the through hole 31d1 over a long distance (ie, a large area). It is possible to smoothly enter the through hole 31d1 in the direction of the axis Yk. And also in this modification 1, like the case of the said 1st Embodiment, engagement with the lower surface of the through-hole 31d1 of the support part 31d and the outer peripheral surface of the leg part 21-4, and the base part 21-3 By the close contact between the lower surface and the installation surface (upper surface) of the support portion 31d, the reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d.

a2.変形例2
次に、前記第1実施形態の変形例2について説明する。変形例2においては、図4(B)に示すように、貫通孔31d1の内側面In2を前記第1実施形態の場合に比べて、上方に向かって外側に広がるようにした。すなわち、内側面In2が、貫通孔31d1の内周面に接触する支持部31dの下面位置から、直線Lpの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるようにした。この変形例2においても、貫通孔31d1は支持部31dの下面から上面に向かって広がるように円錐台状に形成されているので、貫通孔31d1は支持部31dの下面を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取ることにより簡単に形成される。
a2. Modification 2
Next, Modification 2 of the first embodiment will be described. In the second modification, as shown in FIG. 4B, the inner side surface In2 of the through hole 31d1 is extended outward as compared to the case of the first embodiment. In other words, the inner side surface In2 extends upwardly from the lower surface position of the support portion 31d that contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1 while being inclined radially outward from the direction of the straight line Lp. Also in this modified example 2, the through hole 31d1 is formed in a truncated cone shape so as to spread from the lower surface of the support portion 31d toward the upper surface, and therefore the through hole 31d1 is formed in the plate thickness direction Dp with the lower surface of the support portion 31d as a boundary. It is easily formed by pulling out the mold.

また、この変形例2では、前記第1実施形態の場合と同様に、貫通孔31d1の内側面In1は脚部21−4の軸心Ykと平行であるので、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d1に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を内側面In1に沿って侵入させることができる。また、この場合も、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d1に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を、貫通孔31d1の内側面に長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)させることなく、貫通孔31d1内に軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入させることができる。そして、この変形例2においても、前記第1実施形態の場合と同様に、支持部31dの貫通孔31d1の下面と脚部21−4の外周面との係合、及びベース部21−3の下面と支持部31dの設置面(上面)との密着により、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   In the second modification, as in the case of the first embodiment, since the inner surface In1 of the through hole 31d1 is parallel to the axis Yk of the leg 21-4, the leg 21-4 is passed through the through hole. When entering 31d1, the leg 21-4 can enter along the inner side surface In1. Also in this case, when the leg 21-4 is allowed to enter the through hole 31d1, the leg 21-4 is brought into contact (interference) over a long distance (that is, a large area) with the inner surface of the through hole 31d1. Without being made, it is possible to smoothly enter the through hole 31d1 in the direction of the axis Yk. And also in this modification 2, like the case of the said 1st Embodiment, engagement with the lower surface of the through-hole 31d1 of the support part 31d and the outer peripheral surface of the leg part 21-4, and the base part 21-3 By the close contact between the lower surface and the installation surface (upper surface) of the support portion 31d, the reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d.

a3.変形例3
次に、前記第1実施形態の変形例3について説明する。変形例3においては、図4(C)に示すように、前記変形例1と同様に、内側面In1が、貫通孔31d1の内周面に接触する支持部31dの下面位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるようにし、かつ前記変形例2と同様に、内側面In2が、貫通孔31d1の内周面に接触する支持部31dの下面位置から、直線Lpの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるようにした。この変形例3においても、貫通孔31d1は支持部31dの下面から上面に向かって広がるように円錐台状に形成されているので、貫通孔31d1は支持部31dの下面を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取ることにより簡単に形成される。
a3. Modification 3
Next, Modification 3 of the first embodiment will be described. In the third modification, as shown in FIG. 4C, as in the first modification, the inner surface In1 is positioned from the lower surface position of the support portion 31d that contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1, and the axial center Yk. The lower surface position of the support part 31d is inclined to the outer side in the radial direction from the direction of the inner surface and extends upward and the inner side surface In2 is in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1 as in the second modification. From the direction of the straight line Lp, it is inclined outward in the radial direction and extends upward. Also in the third modification, the through hole 31d1 is formed in a truncated cone shape so as to spread from the lower surface of the support portion 31d toward the upper surface, and therefore the through hole 31d1 is formed in the plate thickness direction Dp with the lower surface of the support portion 31d as a boundary. It is easily formed by pulling out the mold.

また、この変形例3では、貫通孔31d1の内側面In1は脚部21−4の軸心Ykと平行でないので、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d1に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を内側面In1に沿って侵入させることができない。しかし、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d1に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を、貫通孔31d1の内側面に長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)させることなく、貫通孔31d1内に軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入させることができる。そして、この変形例3においても、前記第1実施形態の場合と同様に、支持部31dの貫通孔31d1の下面と脚部21−4の外周面との係合、及びベース部21−3の下面と支持部31dの設置面(上面)との密着により、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   In the third modification, the inner surface In1 of the through hole 31d1 is not parallel to the axis Yk of the leg 21-4. Therefore, when the leg 21-4 is inserted into the through hole 31d1, the leg 21- 4 cannot enter along the inner surface In1. However, when the leg 21-4 is allowed to enter the through hole 31d1, the leg 21-4 is not brought into contact (interference) with the inner surface of the through hole 31d1 over a long distance (that is, a large area). It is possible to smoothly enter the through hole 31d1 in the direction of the axis Yk. And also in this modification 3, like the case of the said 1st Embodiment, engagement with the lower surface of the through-hole 31d1 of the support part 31d and the outer peripheral surface of the leg part 21-4, and the base part 21-3 By the close contact between the lower surface and the installation surface (upper surface) of the support portion 31d, the reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d.

a4.他の変形例
前記第1実施形態、及びその変形例1乃至3においては、支持部31dを型成形する際には、支持部31dの下面を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取るようにした。しかし、成形型の抜き取り方向は、貫通孔32d1の内側面In1の方向と内側面In2の方向との間の方向であれば、いずれの方向であってもよい。なお、この変形に関しては、後述する第2乃至第12実施形態及びそれらの変形例においても適用される。ただし、貫通孔32d1に関しては、各実施形態及びその変形例における貫通孔31d2,31d3,31d’〜31d3’ ,31d”〜31d3”にそれぞれ適宜読み換えるものとする。また、第3実施形態及びその変形例3、第6実施形態、第9実施形態及び第12実施形態においては、内側面In1及び内側面In2を、内側面In11,In12及び内側面In21,In22にそれぞれ読み換えるものとする。
a4. Other Modified Examples In the first embodiment and the modified examples 1 to 3, when forming the support portion 31d, the forming die is extracted in the plate thickness direction Dp with the lower surface of the support portion 31d as a boundary. did. However, the direction in which the mold is extracted may be any direction as long as it is a direction between the direction of the inner surface In1 and the direction of the inner surface In2 of the through hole 32d1. Note that this modification is also applied to second to twelfth embodiments described later and modifications thereof. However, the through-hole 32d1 is appropriately replaced with the through-holes 31d2, 31d3, 31d ′ to 31d3 ′, 31d ″ to 31d3 ″ in the respective embodiments and modifications thereof. In the third embodiment and the third modification thereof, the sixth embodiment, the ninth embodiment and the twelfth embodiment, the inner side surface In1 and the inner side surface In2 are changed to the inner side surfaces In11 and In12 and the inner side surfaces In21 and In22. Each shall be replaced.

また、前記第1実施形態及びその変形例1乃至3においては、貫通孔31d1の形状を円錐台に形成した。したがって、前記第1実施形態及びその変形例2では脚部21−4の外周面は貫通孔31d1の内側面In1には軸心Ykの方向に沿った直線で接する。しかし、これに代えて、前記第1実施形態及びその変形例2における貫通孔31d1において、内側面(直線)In1の周方向近傍位置の内側面の軸心Ykに直交する断面形状を円形にして、脚部21−4の外周面が内側面(直線)In1の周方向近傍位置の内側面に軸心Ykに沿って面接触するようにしてもよい。また、前記第1実施形態の変形例1及び変形例3では脚部21−4の外周面は貫通孔31d1の内側面には軸心Ykの方向に沿って接しないようにした。しかし、これに代えて、前記第1実施形態の変形例1及び変形例3における貫通孔31dにおいて、紙面垂直方向における幅を脚部21−4の直径と同じになるように、貫通孔31dの軸心Ykに直交する断面を長円形状にして、脚部21−4の外周面が紙面垂直方向において貫通孔31dの内側面に接触するようにしてもよい。なお、これらの変形に関しては、後述する第2乃至第13実施形態においても適用される。ただし、貫通孔31d1及び内側面In1に関しては、各実施形態及びその変形例における、貫通孔31d2,31d3,31d’〜31d3’ ,31d”〜31d3”及び内側面In1,In11,In12にそれぞれ適宜読み換えるものとする。   In the first embodiment and the first to third modifications thereof, the shape of the through hole 31d1 is a truncated cone. Therefore, in the said 1st Embodiment and its modification 2, the outer peripheral surface of leg part 21-4 contacts the inner surface In1 of the through-hole 31d1 with the straight line along the direction of the axial center Yk. However, instead of this, in the through hole 31d1 in the first embodiment and the modification 2 thereof, the cross-sectional shape perpendicular to the axial center Yk of the inner side surface in the vicinity of the inner side surface (straight line) In1 is made circular. The outer peripheral surface of the leg 21-4 may be in surface contact with the inner side surface in the vicinity of the inner side surface (straight line) In1 in the circumferential direction along the axis Yk. In the first and third modifications of the first embodiment, the outer peripheral surface of the leg portion 21-4 is not in contact with the inner surface of the through hole 31d1 along the direction of the axis Yk. However, instead of this, in the through hole 31d in Modification 1 and Modification 3 of the first embodiment, the width of the through hole 31d is the same as the diameter of the leg portion 21-4 in the direction perpendicular to the paper surface. The cross section orthogonal to the axis Yk may be oval in shape so that the outer peripheral surface of the leg 21-4 contacts the inner surface of the through hole 31d in the direction perpendicular to the paper surface. Note that these modifications are also applied to second to thirteenth embodiments described later. However, the through-hole 31d1 and the inner side surface In1 are appropriately read in the through-holes 31d2, 31d3, 31d ′ to 31d3 ′, 31d ″ to 31d3 ″ and the inner side surfaces In1, In11, and In12 in the respective embodiments and modifications thereof. Shall be replaced.

b.第2実施形態
次に、上記第1実施形態の貫通孔31d1とは異なる貫通孔31d2を支持部31dに設けた第2実施形態について、図5を用いて説明する。この第2実施形態における貫通孔31d2は次のように構成されている。支持部31dの上面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の侵入側位置)における貫通孔31d2の形状は脚部21−4の軸心Ykを中心とする円形であり、その内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さい。また、支持部31dの下面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の突出側位置)における貫通孔31d2の形状も円形であるが、その内径は前記上面位置の内径よりも大きく、その中心は脚部21−4の軸心Ykとは異なる。そして、貫通孔31d2の内側面は、上方から下方に向かうに従って内径が大きくなる円錐台状に形成されている。
b. 2nd Embodiment Next, 2nd Embodiment which provided the through-hole 31d2 different from the through-hole 31d1 of the said 1st Embodiment in the support part 31d is described using FIG. The through hole 31d2 in the second embodiment is configured as follows. The shape of the through hole 31d2 at the upper surface position of the support portion 31d (that is, the position on the entry side of the leg portion 21-4) is a circle centered on the axis Yk of the leg portion 21-4, and the inner diameter thereof is the leg portion 21-4. Is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion. The shape of the through hole 31d2 at the lower surface position of the support portion 31d (that is, the protruding side position of the leg portion 21-4) is also circular, but the inner diameter thereof is larger than the inner diameter of the upper surface position, and the center thereof is the leg portion 21. -4 is different from the axis Yk. The inner side surface of the through hole 31d2 is formed in a truncated cone shape whose inner diameter increases from the upper side to the lower side.

そして、この貫通孔31d2の内側面の傾斜角度は、次のように設定されている。この場合、支持部31dの上面(すなわち、脚部21−4が全周に渡って貫通孔31d2の内周面と接触する平面位置)における貫通孔31d2の中心位置を通る板厚方向Dpの直線をLpとする。また、脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとが成す角度をθp3とする。この場合も、脚部21−4の軸心Ykはドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybとそれぞれ平行であり、直線Lpは板厚方向Dpと同じであるので、角度θp3は、上記第1実施形態で説明したように、ベース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1、及び軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31dの板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2にそれぞれ等しい。なお、図5においても、P1は、べース部21−3の上面に平行な平面、すなわち軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面を示している。   The inclination angle of the inner surface of the through hole 31d2 is set as follows. In this case, a straight line in the plate thickness direction Dp passing through the center position of the through hole 31d2 on the upper surface of the support portion 31d (that is, the planar position where the leg portion 21-4 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d2 over the entire circumference). Is Lp. Further, an angle formed by the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 and the straight line Lp is defined as θp3. Also in this case, the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 is parallel to the axes Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and the straight line Lp is the same as the plate thickness direction Dp. As described in the first embodiment, the angle θp1 formed by the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane perpendicular to the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and the plate of the axial centers Yw and Yb and the support portion 31d. The angle θp2 is equal to the thickness direction Dp. In FIG. 5 as well, P1 indicates a plane parallel to the upper surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, a plane orthogonal to the axes Yw and Yb.

この場合も、軸心Ykと直線Lpを含む平面を想定する。そして、想定した平面と、貫通孔31d2の内側面とが交差する一対の内側面(すなわち一対の直線)のうちで、軸心Ykが支持部31dの上面よりも下方にて直線Lpに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示左側の内側面)をIn1とする。また、前記一対の内側面のうちの他方の内側面、すなわち直線Lpが支持部31dの上面よりも下方にて軸心Ykに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示右側の内側面)をIn2とする。内側面In1の延設方向は、軸心Ykと平行であり、上方から下方に向かって直線Lp(板厚方向Dp)に対して外側に広がっている。一方、内側面In2の延設方向は、直線Lpすなわち支持部31dの板厚方向Dpに平行である。なお、貫通孔31d2は、前述のように鍵フレーム31を合成樹脂で型成形した際に形成されるものであり、この第2実施形態では、貫通孔31d2は支持部31dの上面を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取ることにより形成される。したがって、貫通孔31d2は、型成形により容易に形成される。他の構成は、上記第1実施形態と同じであるので、上記第1実施形態の場合と同一符号を付して、その説明を省略する。   Also in this case, a plane including the axis Yk and the straight line Lp is assumed. Of the pair of inner side surfaces (that is, the pair of straight lines) where the assumed plane and the inner side surface of the through hole 31d2 intersect, the axis Yk is below the upper surface of the support portion 31d with respect to the straight line Lp. An inner surface (an inner surface on the left side in the figure) on the inclined side is defined as In1. The other inner surface of the pair of inner surfaces, that is, the inner surface on the side where the straight line Lp is inclined with respect to the axis Yk below the upper surface of the support portion 31d (the inner surface on the right side in the figure). Is In2. The extending direction of the inner side surface In1 is parallel to the axis Yk, and extends outward from the upper side with respect to the straight line Lp (plate thickness direction Dp). On the other hand, the extending direction of the inner surface In2 is parallel to the straight line Lp, that is, the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d. The through hole 31d2 is formed when the key frame 31 is molded with synthetic resin as described above. In the second embodiment, the through hole 31d2 is a plate with the upper surface of the support portion 31d as a boundary. It is formed by extracting the mold in the thickness direction Dp. Therefore, the through hole 31d2 is easily formed by molding. Since the other configuration is the same as that of the first embodiment, the same reference numerals as those of the first embodiment are given and the description thereof is omitted.

そして、反力発生部材21の支持部31dへの組み付けにおいては、上記第1実施形態の場合と同様に、複数の脚部21−4を複数の貫通孔31d2にそれぞれ侵入させて圧入することにより、反力発生部材21が支持部31d上に固定される。この組み付けにおいては、脚部21−4の図5の左側面を貫通孔31d2の内側面In1に当接させながら、反力発生部材21を軸心Yw,Ybの方向に押して支持部31dに押し込む。この場合、脚部21−4は、貫通孔31d2の内側面と長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)することなく、貫通孔31d2内に内側面In1に沿って軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入する。   And in the assembly | attachment to the support part 31d of the reaction force generation member 21, like the case of the said 1st Embodiment, by making the some leg part 21-4 penetrate | invade into the some through-hole 31d2, and press-fit, respectively. The reaction force generating member 21 is fixed on the support portion 31d. In this assembly, the reaction force generating member 21 is pushed into the support portions 31d by pushing the reaction force generating member 21 in the directions of the axial centers Yw and Yb while the left side surface of the leg portion 21-4 in FIG. . In this case, the leg 21-4 does not contact (interfere) with the inner surface of the through hole 31d2 over a long distance (that is, a large area), and the shaft center Yk extends along the inner surface In1 in the through hole 31d2. Enter smoothly in the direction.

そして、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31dの上面に当接するまで、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d2内にさらに押し込む。この状態では、上記第1実施形態の場合と同様に、べース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1は、軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31dの板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2(及び脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとがなす角度θp3)に等しい。したがって、ベース部21−3の下面は板厚方向Dpと直交して支持部31dの上面と平行になり、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31dの上面に当接する。また、この状態では、支持部31dの上面位置における貫通孔31d2の内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さいので、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに固定することができる。さらに、この第2実施形態においても、脚部21−4の先端部(貫通孔31d2の内側面に接触しない部分)以外の部分の外径は同じであり、貫通孔31d2の内側面と接触する脚部21−4の外周面は径方向に主に変形する。そして、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに固定した後には、脚部21−4の変形した部分が原形に復帰しようとする力は、脚部21−4の径方向外側に作用する。その結果、この第2実施形態においても、上記第1実施形態の場合と同様に、ベース部21−3の下面すなわちドーム部21w1,21b1の反対側の平面を支持部31dの設置面(上面)に密着させて、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   Then, the leg portion 21-4 is further pushed into the through hole 31d2 until the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d. In this state, as in the case of the first embodiment, the angle θp1 formed by the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane perpendicular to the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 is the axial center Yw. , Yb and the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d is equal to the angle θp2 (and the angle θp3 formed by the axis Yk of the leg portion 21-4 and the straight line Lp). Therefore, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 is orthogonal to the plate thickness direction Dp and parallel to the upper surface of the support portion 31d, and the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d. Further, in this state, the inner diameter of the through hole 31d2 at the upper surface position of the support portion 31d is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the columnar portion of the leg portion 21-4, so that the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed to the support portion 31d. Can do. Further, also in the second embodiment, the outer diameters of the portions other than the tip portion of the leg portion 21-4 (the portion that does not contact the inner surface of the through hole 31d2) are the same, and the outer surface contacts the inner surface of the through hole 31d2. The outer peripheral surface of the leg 21-4 is mainly deformed in the radial direction. And after fixing the reaction force generation member 21 to the support part 31d, the force which the part which leg part 21-4 deform | transformed tries to return to an original form acts on the radial direction outer side of leg part 21-4. As a result, also in the second embodiment, as in the case of the first embodiment, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, the plane opposite to the dome portions 21w1, 21b1, is the installation surface (upper surface) of the support portion 31d. The reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d.

なお、前記第2実施形態においては、内側面In1の延設方向を脚部21−4の軸心Ykの方向と平行にし、かつ内側面In2の延設方向を支持部31dの板厚方向Dpと平行にした。しかし、下記変形例1〜3のように、内側面In1,In2の延設方向は変更可能である。なお、下記変形例1〜3においては、下記変更箇所以外は、前記第2実施形態の場合と同じである。   In the second embodiment, the extending direction of the inner surface In1 is parallel to the direction of the axis Yk of the leg 21-4, and the extending direction of the inner surface In2 is the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d. And parallel. However, as in Modifications 1 to 3 below, the extending direction of the inner side surfaces In1 and In2 can be changed. In addition, in the following modifications 1-3, it is the same as that of the said 2nd Embodiment except the following changed part.

b1.変形例1
まず、前記第2実施形態の変形例1について説明する。変形例1においては、図6(A)に示すように、貫通孔31d2の内側面In1を前記第2実施形態の場合に比べて、下方に向かって外側に広がるようにした。すなわち、内側面In1が、貫通孔31d2の内周面に接触する支持部31dの上面位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにした。この変形例1においても、貫通孔31d2は支持部31dの上面から下面に向かって広がるように円錐台状に形成されているので、貫通孔31d2は支持部31dの上面を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取ることにより簡単に形成される。
b1. Modification 1
First, Modification 1 of the second embodiment will be described. In Modification 1, as shown in FIG. 6A, the inner side surface In1 of the through hole 31d2 is spread outwardly downward as compared to the case of the second embodiment. That is, the inner side surface In1 extends downward from the upper surface position of the support portion 31d that contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d2 so as to be inclined radially outward from the direction of the axis Yk. Also in the first modification, the through hole 31d2 is formed in a truncated cone shape so as to expand from the upper surface of the support portion 31d toward the lower surface, and thus the through hole 31d2 is formed in the plate thickness direction Dp with the upper surface of the support portion 31d as a boundary. It is easily formed by pulling out the mold.

また、この変形例1では、貫通孔31d2の内側面In1は脚部21−4の軸心Ykと平行でないので、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d2に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を内側面In1に沿って侵入させることができない。しかし、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d2に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を、貫通孔31d2の内側面に長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)させることなく、貫通孔31d2内に軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入させることができる。そして、この変形例1においても、支持部31dの貫通孔31d2の上面と脚部21−4の外周面との係合、及びベース部21−3の下面と支持部31dの設置面(上面)との密着により、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   In the first modification, the inner surface In1 of the through hole 31d2 is not parallel to the axis Yk of the leg 21-4. Therefore, when the leg 21-4 is inserted into the through hole 31d2, the leg 21- 4 cannot enter along the inner surface In1. However, when the leg 21-4 is allowed to enter the through hole 31d2, the leg 21-4 is not brought into contact (interference) over a long distance (that is, a large area) with the inner surface of the through hole 31d2. It is possible to smoothly enter the through hole 31d2 in the direction of the axis Yk. And also in this modification 1, engagement with the upper surface of the through-hole 31d2 of the support part 31d and the outer peripheral surface of the leg part 21-4, and the installation surface (upper surface) of the lower surface of the base part 21-3, and the support part 31d The reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d.

b2.変形例2
次に、前記第2実施形態の変形例2について説明する。変形例2においては、図6(B)に示すように、貫通孔31d2の内側面In2を前記第2実施形態の場合に比べて、下方に向かって外側に広がるようにした。すなわち、内側面In2が、貫通孔31d2の内周面に接触する支持部31dの上面位置から、直線Lpの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにした。この変形例2においても、貫通孔31d2は支持部31dの上面から下面に向かって広がるように円錐台状に形成されているので、貫通孔31d2は支持部31dの上面を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取ることにより簡単に形成される。
b2. Modification 2
Next, Modification 2 of the second embodiment will be described. In the modified example 2, as shown in FIG. 6B, the inner side surface In2 of the through hole 31d2 is spread outwardly downward as compared with the case of the second embodiment. In other words, the inner side surface In2 extends downward from the upper surface position of the support portion 31d that contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d2 so as to be inclined radially outward from the direction of the straight line Lp. Also in this modified example 2, since the through hole 31d2 is formed in a truncated cone shape so as to spread from the upper surface of the support portion 31d toward the lower surface, the through hole 31d2 extends in the plate thickness direction Dp with the upper surface of the support portion 31d as a boundary. It is easily formed by pulling out the mold.

また、この変形例2では、前記第2実施形態の場合と同様に、貫通孔31d2の内側面In1は脚部21−4の軸心Ykと平行であるので、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d2に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を内側面In1に沿って侵入させることができる。また、この場合も、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d2に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を、貫通孔31d2の内側面に長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)させることなく、貫通孔31d2内に軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入させることができる。そして、この変形例2においても、支持部31dの貫通孔31d2の上面と脚部21−4の外周面との係合、及びベース部21−3の下面と支持部31dの設置面(上面)との密着により、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   In the second modification, as in the case of the second embodiment, since the inner surface In1 of the through hole 31d2 is parallel to the axis Yk of the leg 21-4, the leg 21-4 is passed through the through hole. When entering 31d2, the leg portion 21-4 can enter along the inner side surface In1. Also in this case, when the leg 21-4 is allowed to enter the through hole 31d2, the leg 21-4 is brought into contact (interference) over a long distance (that is, a large area) with the inner surface of the through hole 31d2. Without making it, it is possible to smoothly enter the through hole 31d2 in the direction of the axis Yk. And also in this modification 2, engagement with the upper surface of the through-hole 31d2 of the support part 31d and the outer peripheral surface of the leg part 21-4, and the installation surface (upper surface) of the lower surface of the base part 21-3, and the support part 31d The reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d.

b3.変形例3
次に、前記第2実施形態の変形例3について説明する。変形例3においては、図6(C)に示すように、前記変形例1と同様に、内側面In1が、貫通孔31d2の内周面に接触する支持部31dの上面位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにし、かつ前記変形例2と同様に、内側面In2が、貫通孔31d2の内周面に接触する支持部31dの上面位置から、直線Lpの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにした。この変形例3においても、貫通孔31d2は支持部31dの下面から上面に向かって広がるように円錐台状に形成されているので、貫通孔31d2は支持部31dの上面を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取ることにより簡単に形成される。
b3. Modification 3
Next, Modification 3 of the second embodiment will be described. In the third modification, as shown in FIG. 6 (C), as in the first modification, the inner surface In1 has an axis Yk from the upper surface position of the support portion 31d that contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d2. The upper surface position of the support portion 31d is inclined to the outside in the radial direction with respect to the direction and extends downward and the inner surface In2 is in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d2 as in the second modification. From the direction of the straight line Lp, it is inclined outward in the radial direction and extends downward. Also in this modified example 3, the through hole 31d2 is formed in a truncated cone shape so as to spread from the lower surface of the support portion 31d toward the upper surface, and therefore the through hole 31d2 is formed in the plate thickness direction Dp with the upper surface of the support portion 31d as a boundary. It is easily formed by pulling out the mold.

また、この変形例3では、貫通孔31d2の内側面In1は脚部21−4の軸心Ykと平行でないので、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d2に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を内側面In1に沿って侵入させることができない。しかし、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d2に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を、貫通孔31d2の内側面に長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)させることなく、貫通孔31d2内に軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入させることができる。そして、この変形例3においても、支持部31dの貫通孔31d2の上面と脚部21−4の外周面との係合、及びベース部21−3の下面と支持部31dの設置面(上面)との密着により、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   In the third modification, the inner surface In1 of the through hole 31d2 is not parallel to the axis Yk of the leg 21-4. Therefore, when the leg 21-4 is inserted into the through hole 31d2, the leg 21- 4 cannot enter along the inner surface In1. However, when the leg 21-4 is allowed to enter the through hole 31d2, the leg 21-4 is not brought into contact (interference) over a long distance (that is, a large area) with the inner surface of the through hole 31d2. It is possible to smoothly enter the through hole 31d2 in the direction of the axis Yk. And also in this modification 3, engagement with the upper surface of the through-hole 31d2 of the support part 31d and the outer peripheral surface of the leg part 21-4, and the installation surface (upper surface) of the lower surface of the base part 21-3 and the support part 31d The reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d.

c.第3実施形態
次に、上記第1及び第2実施形態の貫通孔31d1,31d2とは異なる貫通孔31d3を支持部31dに設けた第3実施形態について、図7を用いて説明する。この第3実施形態における貫通孔31d3は次のように構成されている。支持部31dの上面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の侵入側位置)と下面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の突出側位置)との中間位置における貫通孔31d3の形状は脚部21−4の軸心Ykを中心とする円形であり、その内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さい。また、支持部31dの上面位置及び下面位置における貫通孔31d3の形状もそれぞれ円形であるが、それらの内径は前記中間位置の内径よりも大きく、その中心は脚部21−4の軸心Ykとは異なる。そして、貫通孔31d3の内側面の上部は中間位置から上方に向かうに従って内径が大きくなる円錐台状に形成されているとともに、貫通孔31d3の内側面の下部は中間位置から下方に向かうに従って内径が大きくなる円錐台状に形成されている。
c. Third Embodiment Next, a third embodiment in which a through hole 31d3 different from the through holes 31d1 and 31d2 of the first and second embodiments is provided in the support portion 31d will be described with reference to FIG. The through hole 31d3 in the third embodiment is configured as follows. The shape of the through hole 31d3 at the intermediate position between the upper surface position (that is, the entry side position of the leg portion 21-4) and the lower surface position (that is, the protruding side position of the leg portion 21-4) of the support portion 31d is the shape of the leg portion 21-4. It is a circle centered on the axis Yk, and its inner diameter is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the columnar portion of the leg 21-4. Further, the shape of the through hole 31d3 at the upper surface position and the lower surface position of the support portion 31d is also circular, but the inner diameter thereof is larger than the inner diameter of the intermediate position, and the center thereof is the axis Yk of the leg portion 21-4. Is different. The upper part of the inner side surface of the through hole 31d3 is formed in a truncated cone shape whose inner diameter increases as it goes upward from the intermediate position, and the lower part of the inner side surface of the through hole 31d3 has an inner diameter as it goes downward from the intermediate position. It is formed in a truncated cone shape.

そして、この貫通孔31d3の内側面の傾斜角度は、次のように設定されている。この場合、支持部31dの前記中間位置における貫通孔31d3の中心位置を通る板厚方向Dpの直線をLpとする。また、脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとが成す角度をθp3とする。この場合も、脚部21−4の軸心Ykはドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybとそれぞれ平行であり、直線Lpは板厚方向Dpと同じであるので、角度θp3は、上記第1及び第2実施形態で説明したように、べース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1、及び軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31dの板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2にそれぞれ等しい。なお、図7においても、P1は、べース部21−3の上面に平行な平面、すなわち軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面を示している。   The inclination angle of the inner surface of the through hole 31d3 is set as follows. In this case, a straight line in the plate thickness direction Dp passing through the center position of the through hole 31d3 at the intermediate position of the support portion 31d is defined as Lp. Further, an angle formed by the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 and the straight line Lp is defined as θp3. Also in this case, the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 is parallel to the axes Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and the straight line Lp is the same as the plate thickness direction Dp. As described in the first and second embodiments, the angle θp1 formed by the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane perpendicular to the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and the axial centers Yw and Yb The angle θp2 is equal to the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d. Also in FIG. 7, P1 indicates a plane parallel to the upper surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, a plane orthogonal to the axial centers Yw and Yb.

この場合も、軸心Ykと直線Lpを含む平面を想定する。そして、貫通孔31d3の前記中間位置よりも上部において、想定した平面と、貫通孔31d3の内側面とが交差する一対の内側面(すなわち一対の直線)のうちで、軸心Ykが支持部31dの前記中間位置よりも上方にて直線Lpに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示右上側の内側面)をIn11とする。また、前記一対の内側面のうちの他方の内側面、すなわち直線Lpが支持部31dの前記中間位置よりも上方にて軸心Ykに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示左上側の内側面)をIn21とする。内側面In11の延設方向は、軸心Ykと平行であり、前記中間位置から上方に向かって直線Lp(板厚方向Dp)に対して外側に広がっている。一方、内側面In21の延設方向は、直線Lpすなわち支持部31dの板厚方向Dpに平行である。   Also in this case, a plane including the axis Yk and the straight line Lp is assumed. In the upper part of the through hole 31d3 above the intermediate position, the axis Yk is the support portion 31d among the pair of inner side surfaces (that is, a pair of straight lines) where the assumed plane and the inner side surface of the through hole 31d3 intersect. The inner surface (the inner surface on the upper right side in the figure) on the side inclined with respect to the straight line Lp above the intermediate position is In11. The other inner surface of the pair of inner surfaces, that is, the inner surface on the side where the straight line Lp is inclined with respect to the axis Yk above the intermediate position of the support portion 31d (on the upper left side in the drawing). The inner surface is In21. The extending direction of the inner surface In11 is parallel to the axis Yk and extends outward from the intermediate position with respect to the straight line Lp (plate thickness direction Dp). On the other hand, the extending direction of the inner surface In21 is parallel to the straight line Lp, that is, the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d.

また、貫通孔31d3の前記中間位置よりも下部において、想定した平面と、貫通孔31d3の内側面とが交差する一対の内側面(すなわち一対の直線)のうちで、軸心Ykが支持部31dの前記中間位置よりも下方にて直線Lpに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示左下側の内側面)をIn12とする。また、前記一対の内側面のうちの他方の内側面、すなわち直線Lpが支持部31dの前記中間位置よりも下方にて軸心Ykに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示右下側の内側面)をIn22とする。内側面In12の延設方向は、軸心Ykと平行であり、前記中間位置から下方に向かって直線Lp(板厚方向Dp)に対して外側に広がっている。一方、内側面In22の延設方向は、直線Lpすなわち支持部31dの板厚方向Dpに平行である。なお、貫通孔31d3は、前述のように鍵フレーム31を合成樹脂で型成形した際に形成されるものであり、この第3実施形態では、貫通孔31d3は前記中間位置を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取ることにより形成される。したがって、貫通孔31d3は、型成形により容易に形成される。他の構成は、上記第1及び第2実施形態と同じであるので、上記第1及び第2実施形態の場合と同一符号を付して、その説明を省略する。   Further, below the intermediate position of the through hole 31d3, the axis Yk is the support portion 31d among the pair of inner side surfaces (that is, a pair of straight lines) where the assumed plane and the inner side surface of the through hole 31d3 intersect. The inner surface (the inner surface on the lower left side in the figure) on the side inclined with respect to the straight line Lp below the intermediate position is In12. Also, the other inner surface of the pair of inner surfaces, that is, the inner surface on the side where the straight line Lp is inclined with respect to the axis Yk below the intermediate position of the support portion 31d (lower right side in the figure) The inner surface) is In22. The extending direction of the inner surface In12 is parallel to the axis Yk and extends outward from the intermediate position downward with respect to the straight line Lp (plate thickness direction Dp). On the other hand, the extending direction of the inner surface In22 is parallel to the straight line Lp, that is, the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d. The through hole 31d3 is formed when the key frame 31 is molded with a synthetic resin as described above. In the third embodiment, the through hole 31d3 is formed in the thickness direction with the intermediate position as a boundary. It is formed by extracting a mold from Dp. Therefore, the through hole 31d3 is easily formed by molding. Since other configurations are the same as those in the first and second embodiments, the same reference numerals as those in the first and second embodiments are given, and description thereof is omitted.

そして、反力発生部材21の支持部31dへの組み付けにおいては、上記第1及び第2実施形態の場合と同様に、複数の脚部21−4を複数の貫通孔31d3にそれぞれ侵入させて圧入することにより、反力発生部材21が支持部31d上に固定される。この組み付けにおいては、脚部21−4の図7の右側面を貫通孔31d3の内側面In11に当接させるとともに、脚部21−4の図7の左側面を貫通孔31d3の内側面In12に当接させながら、反力発生部材21を軸心Yw,Ybの方向に押して支持部31dに押し込む。これにより、脚部21−4は、貫通孔31d3の内側面と長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)することなく、貫通孔31d3内に内側面In11,In12に沿って軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入する。   Then, in assembling the reaction force generating member 21 to the support portion 31d, as in the first and second embodiments, the plurality of leg portions 21-4 are respectively inserted into the plurality of through holes 31d3 and press-fitted. By doing so, the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed on the support portion 31d. In this assembly, the right side surface of the leg portion 21-4 in FIG. 7 is brought into contact with the inner side surface In11 of the through hole 31d3, and the left side surface of the leg portion 21-4 in FIG. While abutting, the reaction force generating member 21 is pushed in the directions of the axial centers Yw and Yb and pushed into the support portion 31d. As a result, the leg 21-4 does not contact (interfere) with the inner surface of the through hole 31d3 over a long distance (that is, a large area), and is axially centered along the inner surfaces In11 and In12 in the through hole 31d3. Enter smoothly in the direction of Yk.

そして、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31dの上面に当接するまで、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d3内にさらに押し込む。この状態では、上記第1及び第2実施形態の場合と同様に、べース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1は、軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31dの板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2(及び脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとがなす角度θp3)に等しい。したがって、ベース部21−3の下面は板厚方向Dpと直交して支持部31dの上面と平行になり、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31dの上面に当接する。また、この状態では、支持部31dの前記中間位置における貫通孔31d3の内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さいので、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに固定することができる。さらに、この第3実施形態においても、脚部21−4の先端部(貫通孔31d3の内側面に接触しない部分)以外の部分の外径は同じであり、貫通孔31d3の内側面と接触する脚部21−4の外周面は径方向に主に変形する。そして、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに固定した後には、脚部21−4の変形した部分が原形に復帰しようとする力は、脚部21−4の径方向外側に作用する。その結果、この第3実施形態においても、上記第1及び第2実施形態の場合と同様に、ベース部21−3の下面すなわちドーム部21w1,21b1の反対側の平面を支持部31dの設置面(上面)に密着させて、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   Then, the leg portion 21-4 is further pushed into the through hole 31d3 until the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d. In this state, as in the case of the first and second embodiments, the angle θp1 formed by the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane perpendicular to the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 is It is equal to an angle θp2 formed by the axial centers Yw and Yb and the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d (and an angle θp3 formed by the axial center Yk of the leg portion 21-4 and the straight line Lp). Therefore, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 is orthogonal to the plate thickness direction Dp and parallel to the upper surface of the support portion 31d, and the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d. Further, in this state, the inner diameter of the through hole 31d3 at the intermediate position of the support portion 31d is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the columnar portion of the leg portion 21-4, so the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed to the support portion 31d. be able to. Furthermore, also in this third embodiment, the outer diameters of the portions other than the tip portion of the leg portion 21-4 (the portion not in contact with the inner side surface of the through hole 31d3) are the same, and contact with the inner side surface of the through hole 31d3. The outer peripheral surface of the leg 21-4 is mainly deformed in the radial direction. And after fixing the reaction force generation member 21 to the support part 31d, the force which the part which leg part 21-4 deform | transformed tries to return to an original form acts on the radial direction outer side of leg part 21-4. As a result, also in the third embodiment, as in the case of the first and second embodiments, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, the plane opposite to the dome portions 21w1, 21b1, is the installation surface of the support portion 31d. The reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d by being in close contact with the (upper surface).

なお、前記第3実施形態においては、内側面In11,In12の延設方向を脚部21−4の軸心Ykの方向と平行にし、かつ内側面In21,In22の延設方向を支持部31dの板厚方向Dpと平行にした。しかし、下記変形例1〜3のように、内側面In11,In12,In21,In22の延設方向は変更可能である。なお、下記変形例1〜3においては、下記変更箇所以外は、前記第3実施形態の場合と同じである。   In the third embodiment, the extending direction of the inner side surfaces In11 and In12 is parallel to the direction of the axis Yk of the leg 21-4, and the extending direction of the inner side surfaces In21 and In22 is set to the support portion 31d. Parallel to the plate thickness direction Dp. However, the extending directions of the inner side surfaces In11, In12, In21, and In22 can be changed as in Modifications 1 to 3 below. In addition, in the following modifications 1-3, it is the same as that of the said 3rd Embodiment except the following changed part.

c1.変形例1
まず、前記第3実施形態の変形例1について説明する。変形例1においては、図8(A)に示すように、貫通孔31d3の内側面In11を前記第3実施形態の場合に比べて上方に向かって外側に広がるようにするとともに、貫通孔31d3の内側面In12を前記第3実施形態の場合に比べて下方に向かって外側に広がるようにした。すなわち、内側面In11が、貫通孔31d3の内周面に接触する支持部31dの中間位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるとともに、内側面In12が、貫通孔31d3の内周面に接触する支持部31dの中間位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにした。この変形例1においても、貫通孔31d3は支持部31dの前記中間位置から上面及び下面に向かってそれぞれ広がるように円錐台状に形成されているので、貫通孔31d3は支持部31dの前記中間位置を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取ることにより簡単に形成される。
c1. Modification 1
First, Modification 1 of the third embodiment will be described. In the first modification, as shown in FIG. 8A, the inner surface In11 of the through hole 31d3 extends outward as compared to the case of the third embodiment, and the through hole 31d3 The inner side surface In12 is made to spread outward as compared to the case of the third embodiment. That is, the inner side surface In11 extends upwardly from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d contacting the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d3 while being inclined outward in the radial direction from the direction of the axis Yk. However, from the intermediate position of the support part 31d which contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through-hole 31d3, it is inclined downward in the radial direction from the direction of the axis Yk and extends downward. Also in this modified example 1, since the through hole 31d3 is formed in a truncated cone shape so as to spread from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d toward the upper surface and the lower surface, the through hole 31d3 is formed at the intermediate position of the support portion 31d. It is easily formed by extracting the mold in the plate thickness direction Dp.

また、この変形例1では、貫通孔31d3の内側面In11,In12は共に脚部21−4の軸心Ykと平行でないので、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d3に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を内側面In11,In12に沿って侵入させることができない。しかし、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d3に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を、貫通孔31d3の内側面に長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)させることなく、貫通孔31d3内に軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入させることができる。そして、この変形例1においても、支持部31dの貫通孔31d3の前記中間位置と脚部21−4の外周面との係合、及びベース部21−3の下面と支持部31dの設置面(上面)との密着により、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   In the first modification, the inner surfaces In11 and In12 of the through hole 31d3 are not parallel to the axis Yk of the leg 21-4. Therefore, when the leg 21-4 is inserted into the through hole 31d3, the leg The portion 21-4 cannot enter along the inner side surfaces In11 and In12. However, when the leg 21-4 is allowed to enter the through hole 31d3, the leg 21-4 is not brought into contact (interference) over a long distance (that is, a large area) with the inner surface of the through hole 31d3. It is possible to smoothly enter the through hole 31d3 in the direction of the axis Yk. And also in this modification 1, the said intermediate position of the through-hole 31d3 of the support part 31d and the outer peripheral surface of the leg part 21-4, and the installation surface (the lower surface of the base part 21-3, and the support part 31d ( With the close contact with the upper surface, the reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d.

c2.変形例2
次に、前記第3実施形態の変形例2について説明する。変形例2においては、図8(B)に示すように、貫通孔31d3の内側面In21を前記第3実施形態の場合に比べて上方に向かって外側に広がるようにするとともに、貫通孔31d3の内側面In22を前記第3実施形態の場合に比べて下方に向かって外側に広がるようにした。すなわち、内側面In21が、貫通孔31d3の内周面に接触する支持部31dの中間位置から、直線Lpの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるとともに、内側面In22が、貫通孔31d3の内周面に接触する支持部31dの中間位置から、直線Lpの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにした。この変形例2においても、貫通孔31d3は支持部31dの前記中間位置から上面及び下面に向かってそれぞれ広がるように円錐台状に形成されているので、貫通孔31d3は支持部31dの前記中間位置を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取ることにより簡単に形成される。
c2. Modification 2
Next, Modification 2 of the third embodiment will be described. In the second modification, as shown in FIG. 8B, the inner surface In21 of the through hole 31d3 extends outward as compared to the case of the third embodiment, and the through hole 31d3 The inner side surface In22 is made to spread outward as compared to the case of the third embodiment. In other words, the inner side surface In21 extends from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d contacting the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d3 to the outside in the radial direction from the direction of the straight line Lp and extends upward. The intermediate portion 31d that is in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d3 is inclined downward in the radial direction from the direction of the straight line Lp and extends downward. Also in this modified example 2, since the through hole 31d3 is formed in a truncated cone shape so as to expand from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d toward the upper surface and the lower surface, the through hole 31d3 is formed at the intermediate position of the support portion 31d. It is easily formed by extracting the mold in the plate thickness direction Dp.

また、この変形例2では、前記第3実施形態の場合と同様に、貫通孔31d3の内側面In11,In12は脚部21−4の軸心Ykと平行であるので、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d3に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を内側面In11,In12に沿って侵入させることができる。また、この場合も、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d3に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を、貫通孔31d3の内側面に長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)させることなく、貫通孔31d3内に軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入させることができる。そして、この変形例2においても、支持部31dの貫通孔31d3の上面と脚部21−4の前記中間位置との係合、及びベース部21−3の下面と支持部31dの設置面(上面)との密着により、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   Further, in the second modification, as in the case of the third embodiment, the inner surface In11, In12 of the through hole 31d3 is parallel to the axis Yk of the leg 21-4. When entering the through hole 31d3, the leg 21-4 can enter along the inner side surfaces In11 and In12. Also in this case, when the leg 21-4 is allowed to enter the through hole 31d3, the leg 21-4 is brought into contact (interference) over a long distance (that is, a large area) with the inner surface of the through hole 31d3. Without being made, it is possible to smoothly enter the through hole 31d3 in the direction of the axis Yk. In the second modification, the upper surface of the through hole 31d3 of the support portion 31d is engaged with the intermediate position of the leg portion 21-4, and the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the installation surface (upper surface) of the support portion 31d. ), The reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d.

c3.変形例3
次に、前記第3実施形態の変形例3について説明する。変形例3においては、図8(C)に示すように、前記変形例1と同様に、内側面In11,In12が、貫通孔31d3の内周面に接触する支持部31dの中間位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方及び下方にそれぞれ延設されるようにし、かつ前記変形例2と同様に、内側面In21,In22が、貫通孔31d3の内周面に接触する支持部31dの中間位置から、直線Lpの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方及び下方にそれぞれ延設されるようにした。この変形例3においても、貫通孔31d3は支持部31dの前記中間位置から上面及び下面に向かって広がるように円錐台状に形成されているので、貫通孔31d3は支持部31dの前記中間位置を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取ることにより簡単に形成される。
c3. Modification 3
Next, Modification 3 of the third embodiment will be described. In the third modification, as shown in FIG. 8C, as in the first modification, the inner surfaces In11 and In12 are pivoted from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d3. The inner side surfaces In21 and In22 are in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d3 so as to incline outward in the radial direction from the direction of the center Yk and extend upward and downward, respectively. From the intermediate position of the supporting portion 31d to be inclined, it extends to the outside in the radial direction from the direction of the straight line Lp and extends upward and downward, respectively. Also in the third modification, the through hole 31d3 is formed in a truncated cone shape so as to expand from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d toward the upper surface and the lower surface, and thus the through hole 31d3 has the intermediate position of the support portion 31d. It is easily formed by extracting the mold in the thickness direction Dp at the boundary.

また、この変形例3では、貫通孔31d3の内側面In11,In12は脚部21−4の軸心Ykと平行でないので、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d3に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を内側面In11,In12に沿って侵入させることができない。しかし、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d3に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4を、貫通孔31d3の内側面に長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)させることなく、貫通孔31d3内に軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入させることができる。そして、この変形例3においても、支持部31dの貫通孔31d3の前記中間位置と脚部21−4の外周面との係合、及びベース部21−3の下面と支持部31dの設置面(上面)との密着により、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   In the third modification, the inner surfaces In11 and In12 of the through hole 31d3 are not parallel to the axis Yk of the leg 21-4. Therefore, when the leg 21-4 enters the through hole 31d3, the leg 21-4 cannot enter along the inner side surfaces In11 and In12. However, when the leg 21-4 is allowed to enter the through hole 31d3, the leg 21-4 is not brought into contact (interference) over a long distance (that is, a large area) with the inner surface of the through hole 31d3. It is possible to smoothly enter the through hole 31d3 in the direction of the axis Yk. And also in this modification 3, engagement with the said intermediate position of the through-hole 31d3 of the support part 31d and the outer peripheral surface of the leg part 21-4, and the installation surface (the lower surface of the base part 21-3, and the support part 31d ( With the close contact with the upper surface, the reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d.

d.第4実施形態
次に、水平に対して傾斜させた上記第1実施形態の支持部31dに代えて、支持部31d’を水平に配置するようにした第4実施形態について、図9を用いて説明する。この第4実施形態においても、ドーム部21w1,21b1及びトップ部21w2,21b2の軸心Yw,Ybは、上記第1実施形態と同様に、上方向にて図示左側に傾斜している。そのために、ベース部21−3は、上記第1実施形態の場合とは逆に、図示右側部分が図示左側部分よりも厚肉に形成されている。ただし、ドーム部21w1,21b1、トップ部21w2,21b2及び脚部21−4の形状は上記第1実施形態の場合と同じである。また、ベース部21−3の上面及び下面が平面である点、軸心Yw,Ybがベース部21−3の上面に直交している点、及び脚部21−4の軸心Ykが軸心Yw,Ybに平行である点も上記第1実施形態の場合と同じである。さらに、支持部31d’は水平であるが、支持部31d’の上面及び下面も平面である点、及び支持部31d’の板厚が均一である点も上記第1実施形態の場合と同じである。
d. Fourth Embodiment Next, a fourth embodiment in which a support portion 31d ′ is arranged horizontally instead of the support portion 31d of the first embodiment inclined with respect to the horizontal will be described with reference to FIG. explain. Also in the fourth embodiment, the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 and the top portions 21w2 and 21b2 are inclined upward in the drawing in the same direction as in the first embodiment. Therefore, contrary to the case of the first embodiment, in the base portion 21-3, the right portion in the figure is formed thicker than the left portion in the figure. However, the shapes of the dome portions 21w1, 21b1, the top portions 21w2, 21b2, and the leg portions 21-4 are the same as those in the first embodiment. Further, the upper surface and the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 are flat, the axial centers Yw and Yb are orthogonal to the upper surface of the base portion 21-3, and the axial center Yk of the leg portion 21-4 is the axial center. The point parallel to Yw and Yb is also the same as in the case of the first embodiment. Furthermore, although the support portion 31d ′ is horizontal, the upper and lower surfaces of the support portion 31d ′ are also flat, and the plate thickness of the support portion 31d ′ is uniform as in the case of the first embodiment. is there.

そして、図9においても、ベース部21−3の上面に平行であり(すなわち、軸心Yw,Ybに直交し)、かつ軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d’の上面にて交差する平面をP1で表す。また、この場合も、支持部31d’の板厚方向をDpとすると、べース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面P1とが成す角度θp1は、軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d’の板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2に等しい。   Also in FIG. 9, a plane that is parallel to the upper surface of the base portion 21-3 (that is, orthogonal to the axial centers Yw and Yb) and intersects the axial centers Yw and Yb at the upper surface of the support portion 31d ′. Represented by P1. Also in this case, if the thickness direction of the support portion 31d ′ is Dp, the angle θp1 formed between the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane P1 orthogonal to the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1. Is equal to an angle θp2 formed by the axial centers Yw and Yb and the thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d ′.

この第4実施形態においても、支持部31d’には貫通孔31d1’が形成されており、貫通孔31d1’は次のように構成されている。支持部31d’の下面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の突出側位置)における貫通孔31d1’の形状は脚部21−4の軸心Ykを中心とする円形であり、その内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さい。また、支持部31d’の上面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の侵入側位置)における貫通孔31d1’の形状も円形であるが、その内径は前記下面位置の内径よりも大きく、その中心は脚部21−4の軸心Ykとは異なる。そして、貫通孔31d1’の内側面は、下方から上方に向かうに従って内径が大きくなる円錐台状に形成されている。   Also in the fourth embodiment, a through hole 31d1 'is formed in the support portion 31d', and the through hole 31d1 'is configured as follows. The shape of the through hole 31d1 ′ at the lower surface position of the support portion 31d ′ (that is, the protruding side position of the leg portion 21-4) is a circle centering on the axis Yk of the leg portion 21-4, and the inner diameter thereof is the leg portion 21. -4 is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion. Further, the shape of the through hole 31d1 ′ at the upper surface position of the support portion 31d ′ (that is, the position on the entry side of the leg portion 21-4) is also circular, but its inner diameter is larger than the inner diameter of the lower surface position, and its center is the leg It is different from the axis Yk of the part 21-4. The inner side surface of the through hole 31d1 'is formed in a truncated cone shape whose inner diameter increases from the bottom to the top.

この貫通孔31d1’の内側面の傾斜角度は、次のように設定されている。この場合も、支持部31d’の下面(すなわち、脚部21−4が全周に渡って貫通孔31d1’の内周面と接触する平面位置)における貫通孔31d1’の中心位置を通る板厚方向Dpの直線をLpとする。また、脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとが成す角度をθp3とする。そして、この場合も、脚部21−4の軸心Ykはドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybとそれぞれ平行であり、直線Lpは板厚方向Dpと同じであるので、角度θp3は、ベース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1、及び軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d’の板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2にそれぞれ等しい。   The inclination angle of the inner surface of the through hole 31d1 'is set as follows. Also in this case, the plate thickness passing through the center position of the through hole 31d1 ′ on the lower surface of the support portion 31d ′ (that is, the planar position where the leg portion 21-4 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1 ′ over the entire circumference). Let Lp be a straight line in the direction Dp. Further, an angle formed by the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 and the straight line Lp is defined as θp3. Also in this case, since the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 is parallel to the axes Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and the straight line Lp is the same as the plate thickness direction Dp, the angle θp3 is An angle θp1 formed by the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and a plane perpendicular to the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and an angle θp2 formed by the axial centers Yw and Yb and the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d ′. Is equal to

この場合も、軸心Ykと直線Lpを含む平面を想定する。そして、想定した平面と、貫通孔31d1’の内側面とが交差する一対の内側面(すなわち一対の直線)のうちで、軸心Ykが支持部31d’の下面よりも上方にて直線Lpに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示左側の内側面)をIn1とする。また、前記一対の内側面のうちの他方の内側面、すなわち直線Lpが支持部31d’の下面よりも上方にて軸心Ykに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示右側の内側面)をIn2とする。内側面In1の延設方向は、軸心Ykと平行であり、下方から上方に向かって直線Lp(板厚方向Dp)に対して外側に広がっている。一方、内側面In2の延設方向は、直線Lpすなわち支持部31d’の板厚方向Dpに平行である。なお、貫通孔31d1’は、上述のように鍵フレーム31を合成樹脂で型成形した際に形成されるものであり、この第4実施形態では、貫通孔31d1’は支持部31d’の下面を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取ることにより形成される。したがって、貫通孔31d1’は、型成形により容易に形成される。他の構成は、上記第1実施形態と同じであるので、上記第1実施形態の場合と同一符号を付して、その説明を省略する。   Also in this case, a plane including the axis Yk and the straight line Lp is assumed. Of the pair of inner side surfaces (that is, a pair of straight lines) where the assumed plane and the inner side surface of the through hole 31d1 ′ intersect, the axis Yk is a straight line Lp above the lower surface of the support portion 31d ′. The inner side surface (the inner side surface on the left side in the figure) on the side inclined with respect to the surface is defined as In1. The other inner surface of the pair of inner surfaces, that is, the inner surface on the side where the straight line Lp is inclined with respect to the axis Yk above the lower surface of the support portion 31d ′ (the inner surface on the right side in the figure). ) Is In2. The extending direction of the inner side surface In1 is parallel to the axis Yk, and extends outward from the lower side with respect to the straight line Lp (plate thickness direction Dp). On the other hand, the extending direction of the inner surface In2 is parallel to the straight line Lp, that is, the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d '. The through hole 31d1 ′ is formed when the key frame 31 is molded with a synthetic resin as described above. In the fourth embodiment, the through hole 31d1 ′ is formed on the lower surface of the support portion 31d ′. It is formed by extracting the mold in the thickness direction Dp at the boundary. Therefore, the through hole 31d1 'is easily formed by molding. Since the other configuration is the same as that of the first embodiment, the same reference numerals as those of the first embodiment are given and the description thereof is omitted.

そして、反力発生部材21の支持部31d’への組み付けにおいては、上記第1実施形態の場合と同様に、複数の脚部21−4を複数の貫通孔31d1’にそれぞれ侵入させて圧入することにより、反力発生部材21が支持部31d’上に固定される。この組み付けにおいては、脚部21−4の図示左側面を貫通孔31d1’の内側面In1に当接させながら、反力発生部材21を軸心Yw,Ybの方向に押して支持部31d’に押し込む。これにより、脚部21−4は、貫通孔31d1’の内側面と長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)することなく、貫通孔31d1’内に内側面In1に沿って軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入する。   Then, in assembling the reaction force generating member 21 to the support portion 31d ′, as in the case of the first embodiment, the plurality of leg portions 21-4 are respectively inserted into the plurality of through holes 31d1 ′ and press-fitted. Thus, the reaction force generation member 21 is fixed on the support portion 31d ′. In this assembly, the reaction force generating member 21 is pushed in the directions of the axial centers Yw and Yb and pushed into the support portion 31d ′ while the left side surface of the leg portion 21-4 is in contact with the inner surface In1 of the through hole 31d1 ′. . Thus, the leg 21-4 is axially aligned along the inner surface In1 in the through hole 31d1 ′ without contacting (interfering) with the inner surface of the through hole 31d1 ′ over a long distance (ie, a large area). Enter smoothly in the direction of Yk.

そして、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31d’の上面に当接するまで、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d1’内にさらに押し込む。この状態では、上記第1実施形態の場合と同様に、ベース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1は、軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d’の板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2(及び脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとがなす角度θp3)に等しい。したがって、ベース部21−3の下面は板厚方向Dpと直交して支持部31d’の上面と平行になり、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31d’の上面に当接する。また、この状態では、支持部31d’の下面位置における貫通孔31d1’の内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さいので、反力発生部材21を支持部31d’に固定することができる。さらに、この第4実施形態においても、脚部21−4の先端部(貫通孔31d1’の内側面に接触しない部分)以外の部分の外径は同じであり、貫通孔31d1’の内側面と接触する脚部21−4の外周面は径方向に主に変形する。そして、反力発生部材21を支持部31d’に固定した後には、脚部21−4の変形した部分が原形に復帰しようとする力は、脚部21−4の径方向外側に作用する。その結果、この第4実施形態においても、上記第1実施形態の場合と同様に、ベース部21−3の下面すなわちドーム部21w1,21b1の反対側の平面を支持部31d’の設置面(上面)に密着させて、反力発生部材21を支持部31d’に簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   Then, the leg portion 21-4 is further pushed into the through hole 31d1 'until the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d'. In this state, as in the case of the first embodiment, the angle θp1 formed by the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane perpendicular to the axis Yw, Yb of the dome portion 21w1, 21b1 is the axis Yw, Yb. And an angle θp2 formed by the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d ′ (and an angle θp3 formed by the axis Yk of the leg portion 21-4 and the straight line Lp). Therefore, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 is orthogonal to the plate thickness direction Dp and parallel to the upper surface of the support portion 31d ', and the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d'. Further, in this state, the inner diameter of the through hole 31d1 ′ at the lower surface position of the support portion 31d ′ is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the columnar portion of the leg portion 21-4, so that the reaction force generating member 21 becomes the support portion 31d ′. Can be fixed. Furthermore, also in the fourth embodiment, the outer diameters of the portions other than the tip portion of the leg portion 21-4 (the portion that does not contact the inner surface of the through hole 31d1 ′) are the same, and the inner surface of the through hole 31d1 ′ is the same. The outer peripheral surface of the leg 21-4 that comes into contact mainly deforms in the radial direction. Then, after the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed to the support portion 31d ', the force that the deformed portion of the leg portion 21-4 tries to return to the original shape acts on the radially outer side of the leg portion 21-4. As a result, also in the fourth embodiment, as in the case of the first embodiment, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, the plane opposite to the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, is the installation surface (upper surface) of the support portion 31d ′. The reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d ′.

前記第4実施形態においては、内側面In1の延設方向を脚部21−4の軸心Ykの方向と平行にし、かつ内側面In2の延設方向を支持部31d’の板厚方向Dpと平行にした。しかし、この第4実施形態においても、上記第1実施形態の変形例1〜3(図4(A)〜(C)参照)のように、内側面In1,In2の延設方向は変更可能である。すなわち、内側面In1が、貫通孔31d1’の内周面に接触する支持部31d’の下面位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるようにしてもよい。また、内側面In2が、貫通孔31d1’の内周面に接触する支持部31d’の下面位置から、直線Lpの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるようにしてもよい。さらに、内側面In1が、貫通孔31d1’の内周面に接触する支持部31d’の下面位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるようにし、かつ内側面In2が、貫通孔31d1’の内周面に接触する支持部31d’の下面位置から、直線Lpの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるようにしてもよい。   In the fourth embodiment, the extending direction of the inner side surface In1 is parallel to the direction of the axis Yk of the leg 21-4, and the extending direction of the inner side surface In2 is the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d ′. Parallel. However, also in the fourth embodiment, the extending directions of the inner side surfaces In1 and In2 can be changed as in the first to third modifications of the first embodiment (see FIGS. 4A to 4C). is there. That is, the inner side surface In1 is extended from the lower surface position of the support portion 31d ′ contacting the inner peripheral surface of the through-hole 31d1 ′ to the upper side inclining radially outward from the direction of the axis Yk. Also good. Further, the inner side surface In2 may be extended upwardly from the lower surface position of the support portion 31d ′ in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1 ′, inclining radially outward from the direction of the straight line Lp. Good. Furthermore, the inner side surface In1 is extended from the lower surface position of the support portion 31d ′ contacting the inner peripheral surface of the through-hole 31d1 ′ to the upper side inclining radially outward from the direction of the axis Yk, In addition, the inner side surface In2 may be extended upward from the lower surface position of the support portion 31d ′ that contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1 ′, inclining radially outward from the direction of the straight line Lp. .

また、前記第4実施形態では、支持部31d’を水平に配置したが、支持部31d’を水平に配置しなくてもよい。この第4実施形態における上記第1実施形態との大きな相違点は、ドーム部21w1,21b1及びトップ部21w2,21b2の軸心Yw,Ybが、支持部31d’の板厚方向Dpに対して上記第1実施形態の場合とは反対側、すなわち図9の上方にて左側に傾いていることにある。したがって、支持部31d’が水平でなくても、軸心Yw,Ybの方向が板厚方向Dpに対して前述のような関係にあれば、前記第4実施形態で説明した反力発生部材21及び支持部31d’の構造は適用される。なお、この点に関しては、後述する第5及び第6実施形態においても適用されることである。   In the fourth embodiment, the support portion 31d 'is disposed horizontally. However, the support portion 31d' may not be disposed horizontally. The major difference between the fourth embodiment and the first embodiment is that the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 and the top portions 21w2 and 21b2 are as described above with respect to the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d ′. It is on the opposite side from the case of the first embodiment, that is, tilted to the left in the upper part of FIG. Accordingly, even if the support portion 31d ′ is not horizontal, the reaction force generating member 21 described in the fourth embodiment is provided as long as the directions of the axial centers Yw and Yb are in the relationship as described above with respect to the plate thickness direction Dp. And the structure of support part 31d 'is applied. This point is also applicable to fifth and sixth embodiments described later.

e.第5実施形態
次に、上記第4実施形態の貫通孔31d1’とは異なる貫通孔31d2’を支持部31d’に設けた第5実施形態について、図10を用いて説明する。この第5実施形態における貫通孔31d2’は次のように構成されている。支持部31d’の上面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の侵入側位置)における貫通孔31d2’の形状は脚部21−4の軸心Ykを中心とする円形であり、その内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さい。また、支持部31d’の下面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の突出側位置)における貫通孔31d2’の形状も円形であるが、その内径は前記上面位置の内径よりも大きく、その中心は脚部21−4の軸心Ykとは異なる。そして、貫通孔31d2’の内側面は、上方から下方に向かうに従って内径が大きくなる円錐台状に形成されている。
e. 5th Embodiment Next, 5th Embodiment which provided through-hole 31d2 'different from through-hole 31d1' of the said 4th Embodiment in support part 31d 'is described using FIG. The through hole 31d2 ′ in the fifth embodiment is configured as follows. The shape of the through hole 31d2 ′ at the upper surface position of the support portion 31d ′ (that is, the position on the entry side of the leg portion 21-4) is a circle centered on the axis Yk of the leg portion 21-4, and the inner diameter thereof is the leg portion 21. -4 is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion. Further, the shape of the through hole 31d2 ′ at the lower surface position of the support portion 31d ′ (that is, the protruding side position of the leg portion 21-4) is also circular, but its inner diameter is larger than the inner diameter of the upper surface position, and its center is the leg. It is different from the axis Yk of the part 21-4. The inner side surface of the through hole 31d2 ′ is formed in a truncated cone shape having an inner diameter that increases from the top to the bottom.

そして、この貫通孔31d2’の内側面の傾斜角度は、次のように設定されている。この場合、支持部31d’の上面(すなわち、脚部21−4が全周に渡って貫通孔31d2’の内周面と接触する平面位置)における貫通孔31d2’の中心位置を通る板厚方向Dpの直線をLpとする。また、脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとが成す角度をθp3とする。この場合も、脚部21−4の軸心Ykはドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybとそれぞれ平行であり、直線Lpは板厚方向Dpと同じであるので、角度θp3は、上記第4実施形態で説明したように、ベース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1、及び軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d’の板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2にそれぞれ等しい。なお、図10においても、P1は、ベース部21−3の上面に平行な平面、すなわち軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面を示している。   The inclination angle of the inner surface of the through hole 31d2 'is set as follows. In this case, the plate thickness direction passes through the center position of the through hole 31d2 ′ on the upper surface of the support portion 31d ′ (that is, the planar position where the leg portion 21-4 contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d2 ′ over the entire circumference). Let Dp be the straight line of Dp. Further, an angle formed by the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 and the straight line Lp is defined as θp3. Also in this case, the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 is parallel to the axes Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and the straight line Lp is the same as the plate thickness direction Dp. As described in the fourth embodiment, the angle θp1 formed between the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane perpendicular to the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and the axial centers Yw and Yb and the support portion 31d ′. The angle θp2 is equal to the plate thickness direction Dp. Also in FIG. 10, P1 indicates a plane parallel to the upper surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, a plane orthogonal to the axes Yw and Yb.

この場合も、軸心Ykと直線Lpを含む平面を想定する。そして、想定した平面と、貫通孔31d2’の内側面とが交差する一対の内側面(すなわち一対の直線)のうちで、軸心Ykが支持部31d’の上面よりも下方にて直線Lpに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示右側の内側面)をIn1とする。また、前記一対の内側面のうちの他方の内側面、すなわち直線Lpが支持部31d’の上面よりも下方にて軸心Ykに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示左側の内側面)をIn2とする。内側面In1の延設方向は、軸心Ykと平行であり、上方から下方に向かって直線Lp(板厚方向Dp)に対して外側に広がっている。一方、内側面In2の延設方向は、直線Lpすなわち支持部31d’の板厚方向Dpに平行である。なお、貫通孔31d2’は、前述のように鍵フレーム31を合成樹脂で型成形した際に形成されるものであり、この第5実施形態では、貫通孔31d2’は支持部31d’の上面を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取ることにより形成される。したがって、貫通孔31d2’は、型成形により容易に形成される。他の構成は、上記第4実施形態と同じであるので、上記第4実施形態の場合と同一符号を付して、その説明を省略する。   Also in this case, a plane including the axis Yk and the straight line Lp is assumed. Of the pair of inner surfaces (that is, a pair of straight lines) where the assumed plane and the inner surface of the through hole 31d2 ′ intersect, the axis Yk is a straight line Lp below the upper surface of the support portion 31d ′. The inner side surface (the inner side surface on the right side in the figure) on the side inclined with respect to the side is referred to as In1. The other inner surface of the pair of inner surfaces, that is, the inner surface on the side where the straight line Lp is inclined with respect to the axis Yk below the upper surface of the support portion 31d ′ (the inner surface on the left side in the drawing). ) Is In2. The extending direction of the inner side surface In1 is parallel to the axis Yk, and extends outward from the upper side with respect to the straight line Lp (plate thickness direction Dp). On the other hand, the extending direction of the inner surface In2 is parallel to the straight line Lp, that is, the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d '. The through hole 31d2 ′ is formed when the key frame 31 is molded with a synthetic resin as described above. In the fifth embodiment, the through hole 31d2 ′ is formed on the upper surface of the support portion 31d ′. It is formed by extracting the mold in the thickness direction Dp at the boundary. Therefore, the through hole 31d2 'is easily formed by molding. Since the other configuration is the same as that of the fourth embodiment, the same reference numerals as those of the fourth embodiment are given, and the description thereof is omitted.

そして、反力発生部材21の支持部31d’への組み付けにおいては、上記第4実施形態の場合と同様に、複数の脚部21−4を複数の貫通孔31d2’にそれぞれ侵入させて圧入することにより、反力発生部材21が支持部31d’上に固定される。この組み付けにおいては、脚部21−4の図10の右側面を貫通孔31d2’の内側面In1に当接させながら、反力発生部材21を軸心Yw,Ybの方向に押して支持部31d’に押し込む。これにより、脚部21−4は、貫通孔31d2’の内側面と長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)することなく、貫通孔31d2’内に内側面In1に沿って軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入する。   Then, in assembling the reaction force generating member 21 to the support portion 31d ′, as in the case of the fourth embodiment, the plurality of leg portions 21-4 are respectively inserted into the plurality of through holes 31d2 ′ and press-fitted. Thus, the reaction force generation member 21 is fixed on the support portion 31d ′. In this assembly, while the right side surface of the leg portion 21-4 in FIG. 10 is in contact with the inner side surface In1 of the through hole 31d2 ′, the reaction force generating member 21 is pushed in the directions of the axial centers Yw and Yb to support the support portion 31d ′. Push into. As a result, the leg 21-4 does not contact (interfere) with the inner surface of the through hole 31d2 ′ over a long distance (ie, a large area), and is axially centered along the inner surface In1 in the through hole 31d2 ′. Enter smoothly in the direction of Yk.

そして、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31d’の上面に当接するまで、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d2’内にさらに押し込む。この状態では、上記第4実施形態の場合と同様に、べース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1は、軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d’の板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2(及び脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとがなす角度θp3)に等しい。したがって、ベース部21−3の下面は板厚方向Dpと直交して支持部31d’の上面と平行になり、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31d’の上面に当接する。また、この状態では、支持部31d’の上面位置における貫通孔31d2’の内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さいので、反力発生部材21を支持部31d’に固定することができる。さらに、この第5実施形態においても、脚部21−4の先端部(貫通孔31d2’の内側面に接触しない部分)以外の部分の外径は同じであり、貫通孔31d2’の内側面と接触する脚部21−4の外周面は径方向に主に変形する。そして、反力発生部材21を支持部31d’に固定した後には、脚部21−4の変形した部分が原形に復帰しようとする力は、脚部21−4の径方向外側に作用する。その結果、この第5実施形態においても、上記第4実施形態の場合と同様に、ベース部21−3の下面すなわちドーム部21w1,21b1の反対側の平面を支持部31d’の設置面(上面)に密着させて、反力発生部材21を支持部31d’に簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   Then, the leg portion 21-4 is further pushed into the through hole 31d2 'until the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d'. In this state, as in the case of the fourth embodiment, the angle θp1 formed by the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane perpendicular to the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 is the axial center Yw. , Yb and the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d ′ is equal to the angle θp2 (and the angle θp3 formed by the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 and the straight line Lp). Therefore, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 is orthogonal to the plate thickness direction Dp and parallel to the upper surface of the support portion 31d ', and the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d'. Further, in this state, the inner diameter of the through hole 31d2 ′ at the upper surface position of the support portion 31d ′ is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the columnar portion of the leg portion 21-4, so that the reaction force generating member 21 becomes the support portion 31d ′. Can be fixed. Furthermore, also in this fifth embodiment, the outer diameters of the portions other than the tip portion of the leg portion 21-4 (the portion that does not contact the inner surface of the through hole 31d2 ′) are the same, and the inner surface of the through hole 31d2 ′ is the same. The outer peripheral surface of the leg 21-4 that comes into contact mainly deforms in the radial direction. Then, after the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed to the support portion 31d ', the force that the deformed portion of the leg portion 21-4 tries to return to the original shape acts on the radially outer side of the leg portion 21-4. As a result, also in the fifth embodiment, as in the case of the fourth embodiment, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, the plane opposite to the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, is the installation surface (upper surface) of the support portion 31d ′. The reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d ′.

前記第5実施形態においては、内側面In1の延設方向を脚部21−4の軸心Ykの方向と平行にし、かつ内側面In2の延設方向を支持部31d’の板厚方向Dpと平行にした。しかし、この第5実施形態においても、上記第2実施形態の変形例1〜3(図6(A)〜(C)参照)のように、内側面In1,In2の延設方向は変更可能である。すなわち、内側面In1が、貫通孔31d2’の内周面に接触する支持部31d’の上面位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにしてもよい。また、内側面In2が、貫通孔31d2’の内周面に接触する支持部31d’の上面位置から、直線Lpの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにしてもよい。さらに、内側面In1が、貫通孔31d2’の内周面に接触する支持部31d’の上面位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにし、かつ内側面In2が、貫通孔31d2’の内周面に接触する支持部31d’の上面位置から、直線Lpの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにしてもよい。   In the fifth embodiment, the extending direction of the inner side surface In1 is parallel to the direction of the axis Yk of the leg 21-4, and the extending direction of the inner side surface In2 is the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d ′. Parallel. However, also in the fifth embodiment, the extending directions of the inner side surfaces In1 and In2 can be changed as in the first to third modifications of the second embodiment (see FIGS. 6A to 6C). is there. That is, the inner side surface In1 extends downward from the upper surface position of the support portion 31d ′ in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d2 ′ so as to incline radially outward from the direction of the axis Yk. Also good. Further, the inner side surface In2 may be extended downwardly from the upper surface position of the support portion 31d ′ in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d2 ′ so as to incline radially outward from the direction of the straight line Lp. Good. Further, the inner side surface In1 extends downward from the upper surface position of the support portion 31d ′ that contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d2 ′, inclining radially outward from the direction of the axis Yk, Further, the inner side surface In2 may be extended downwardly from the upper surface position of the support portion 31d ′ in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d2 ′ so as to incline radially outward from the direction of the straight line Lp. .

f.第6実施形態
次に、上記第4及び第5実施形態の貫通孔31d1’,31d2’とは異なる貫通孔31d3’を支持部31d’に設けた第6実施形態について、図11を用いて説明する。この第6実施形態における貫通孔31d3’は次のように構成されている。支持部31d’の上面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の侵入側位置)と下面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の突出側位置)との中間位置における貫通孔31d3’の形状は脚部21−4の軸心Ykを中心とする円形であり、その内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さい。また、支持部31d’の上面位置及び下面位置における貫通孔31d3’の形状もそれぞれ円形であるが、それらの内径は前記中間位置の内径よりも大きく、その中心は脚部21−4の軸心Ykとは異なる。そして、貫通孔31d3’の内側面の上部は中間位置から上方に向かうに従って内径が大きくなる円錐台状に形成されているとともに、貫通孔31d3’の内側面の下部は中間位置から下方に向かうに従って内径が大きくなる円錐台状に形成されている。
f. Sixth Embodiment Next, a sixth embodiment in which through holes 31d3 ′ different from the through holes 31d1 ′ and 31d2 ′ of the fourth and fifth embodiments are provided in the support portion 31d ′ will be described with reference to FIG. To do. The through hole 31d3 ′ in the sixth embodiment is configured as follows. The shape of the through hole 31d3 ′ at the intermediate position between the upper surface position (that is, the entry side position of the leg portion 21-4) and the lower surface position (that is, the protruding side position of the leg portion 21-4) of the support portion 31d ′ is the leg portion 21−. 4 is a circle centered on the axial center Yk, and its inner diameter is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion of the leg 21-4. Further, the shapes of the through holes 31d3 ′ at the upper surface position and the lower surface position of the support portion 31d ′ are also circular, but the inner diameter thereof is larger than the inner diameter at the intermediate position, and the center thereof is the axis of the leg portion 21-4. Different from Yk. The upper part of the inner side surface of the through hole 31d3 ′ is formed in a truncated cone shape whose inner diameter increases from the intermediate position upward, and the lower part of the inner side surface of the through hole 31d3 ′ decreases from the intermediate position downward. It is formed in a truncated cone shape with an increased inner diameter.

そして、この貫通孔31d3’の内側面の傾斜角度は、次のように設定されている。この場合、支持部31d’の前記中間位置における貫通孔31d3’の中心位置を通る板厚方向Dpの直線をLpとする。また、脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとが成す角度をθp3とする。この場合も、脚部21−4の軸心Ykはドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybとそれぞれ平行であり、直線Lpは板厚方向Dpと同じであるので、角度θp3は、上記第4及び第5実施形態で説明したように、ベース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1、及び軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d’の板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2にそれぞれ等しい。なお、図11においても、P1は、ベース部21−3の上面に平行な平面、すなわち軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面を示している。   The inclination angle of the inner surface of the through hole 31d3 'is set as follows. In this case, a straight line in the plate thickness direction Dp passing through the center position of the through hole 31d3 'at the intermediate position of the support portion 31d' is defined as Lp. Further, an angle formed by the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 and the straight line Lp is defined as θp3. Also in this case, the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 is parallel to the axes Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and the straight line Lp is the same as the plate thickness direction Dp. As described in the fourth and fifth embodiments, the angle θp1 formed by the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane perpendicular to the axes Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and the axes Yw and Yb and the support portion It is equal to the angle θp2 formed by the plate thickness direction Dp of 31d ′. In FIG. 11, P1 indicates a plane parallel to the upper surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, a plane orthogonal to the axes Yw and Yb.

この場合も、軸心Ykと直線Lpを含む平面を想定する。そして、貫通孔31d3’の前記中間位置よりも上部において、想定した平面と、貫通孔31d3’の内側面とが交差する一対の内側面(すなわち一対の直線)のうちで、軸心Ykが支持部31d’の前記中間位置よりも上方にて直線Lpに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示左上側の内側面)をIn11とする。また、前記一対の内側面のうちの他方の内側面、すなわち直線Lpが支持部31d’の前記中間位置よりも上方にて軸心Ykに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示右上側の内側面)をIn21とする。内側面In11の延設方向は、軸心Ykと平行であり、前記中間位置から上方に向かって直線Lp(板厚方向Dp)に対して外側に広がっている。一方、内側面In21の延設方向は、直線Lpすなわち支持部31d’の板厚方向Dpに平行である。   Also in this case, a plane including the axis Yk and the straight line Lp is assumed. Then, in the upper part of the through hole 31d3 ′ above the intermediate position, the axis Yk is supported by a pair of inner side surfaces (that is, a pair of straight lines) intersecting the assumed plane and the inner side surface of the through hole 31d3 ′. An inner surface (an inner surface on the upper left side in the drawing) on the side inclined with respect to the straight line Lp above the intermediate position of the portion 31d ′ is referred to as In11. Further, the other inner surface of the pair of inner surfaces, that is, the inner surface on the side where the straight line Lp is inclined with respect to the axis Yk above the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ′ (upper right side in the figure) (Inside surface) of In21. The extending direction of the inner surface In11 is parallel to the axis Yk and extends outward from the intermediate position with respect to the straight line Lp (plate thickness direction Dp). On the other hand, the extending direction of the inner surface In21 is parallel to the straight line Lp, that is, the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d '.

また、貫通孔31d3’の前記中間位置よりも下部において、想定した平面と、貫通孔31d3’の内側面とが交差する一対の内側面(すなわち一対の直線)のうちで、軸心Ykが支持部31d’の前記中間位置よりも下方にて直線Lpに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示右下側の内側面)をIn12とする。また、前記一対の内側面のうちの他方の内側面、すなわち直線Lpが支持部31d’の前記中間位置よりも下方にて軸心Ykに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示左下側の内側面)をIn22とする。内側面In12の延設方向は、軸心Ykと平行であり、前記中間位置から下方に向かって直線Lp(板厚方向Dp)に対して外側に広がっている。一方、内側面In22の延設方向は、直線Lpすなわち支持部31d’の板厚方向Dpに平行である。なお、貫通孔31d3’は、前述のように鍵フレーム31を合成樹脂で型成形した際に形成されるものであり、この第6実施形態では、貫通孔31d3’は前記中間位置を境に板厚方向Dpに成形型を抜き取ることにより形成される。したがって、貫通孔31d3’は、型成形により容易に形成される。他の構成は、上記第4及び第5実施形態と同じであるので、上記第4及び第5実施形態の場合と同一符号を付して、その説明を省略する。   Further, below the intermediate position of the through hole 31d3 ′, the axis Yk is supported by the axis Yk among a pair of inner side surfaces (that is, a pair of straight lines) intersecting the assumed plane and the inner side surface of the through hole 31d3 ′. An inner surface (an inner surface on the lower right side in the drawing) on the side inclined with respect to the straight line Lp below the intermediate position of the portion 31d ′ is In12. The other inner surface of the pair of inner surfaces, that is, the inner surface on the side where the straight line Lp is inclined with respect to the axis Yk below the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ′ (lower left side in the figure) The inner surface) is In22. The extending direction of the inner surface In12 is parallel to the axis Yk and extends outward from the intermediate position downward with respect to the straight line Lp (plate thickness direction Dp). On the other hand, the extending direction of the inner surface In22 is parallel to the straight line Lp, that is, the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d '. The through hole 31d3 ′ is formed when the key frame 31 is molded with a synthetic resin as described above. In the sixth embodiment, the through hole 31d3 ′ is a plate with the intermediate position as a boundary. It is formed by extracting the mold in the thickness direction Dp. Therefore, the through hole 31d3 'is easily formed by molding. Since other configurations are the same as those of the fourth and fifth embodiments, the same reference numerals as those of the fourth and fifth embodiments are given, and description thereof is omitted.

そして、反力発生部材21の支持部31d’への組み付けにおいては、上記第4及び第5実施形態の場合と同様に、複数の脚部21−4を複数の貫通孔31d3’にそれぞれ侵入させて圧入することにより、反力発生部材21が支持部31d’上に固定される。この組み付けにおいては、脚部21−4の図示左側面を貫通孔31d3’の内側面In11に当接させるとともに、脚部21−4の図示右側面を貫通孔31d3’の内側面In12に当接させながら、反力発生部材21を軸心Yw,Ybの方向に押して支持部31d’に押し込む。これにより、脚部21−4は、貫通孔31d3’の内側面と長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)することなく、貫通孔31d3’内に内側面In11,In12に沿って軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入する。   Then, in assembling the reaction force generating member 21 to the support portion 31d ′, the plurality of leg portions 21-4 are respectively inserted into the plurality of through holes 31d3 ′ in the same manner as in the fourth and fifth embodiments. Thus, the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed on the support portion 31d ′. In this assembly, the left side surface of the leg portion 21-4 is brought into contact with the inner side surface In11 of the through hole 31d3 ′, and the right side surface of the leg portion 21-4 is brought into contact with the inner side surface In12 of the through hole 31d3 ′. Then, the reaction force generating member 21 is pushed in the directions of the axial centers Yw and Yb and pushed into the support portion 31d ′. As a result, the leg 21-4 does not contact (interfere) with the inner surface of the through hole 31d3 ′ over a long distance (ie, a large area), and extends along the inner surfaces In11 and In12 in the through hole 31d3 ′. It smoothly enters in the direction of the axis Yk.

そして、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31d’の上面に当接するまで、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d3’内にさらに押し込む。この状態では、上記第4及び第5実施形態の場合と同様に、べース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1は、軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d’の板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2(及び脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとがなす角度θp3)に等しい。したがって、ベース部21−3の下面は板厚方向Dpと直交して支持部31d’の上面と平行になり、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31d’の上面に当接する。また、この状態では、支持部31d’の前記中間位置における貫通孔31d3’の内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さいので、反力発生部材21を支持部31d’に固定することができる。さらに、この第6実施形態においても、脚部21−4の先端部(貫通孔31d3’の内側面に接触しない部分)以外の部分の外径は同じであり、貫通孔31d3’の内側面と接触する脚部21−4の外周面は径方向に主に変形する。そして、反力発生部材21を支持部31d’に固定した後には、脚部21−4の変形した部分が原形に復帰しようとする力は、脚部21−4の径方向外側に作用する。その結果、この第6実施形態においても、上記第4及び第5実施形態の場合と同様に、ベース部21−3の下面すなわちドーム部21w1,21b1の反対側の平面を支持部31d’の設置面(上面)に密着させて、反力発生部材21を支持部31d’に簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   Then, the leg portion 21-4 is further pushed into the through hole 31d3 'until the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d'. In this state, as in the case of the fourth and fifth embodiments, the angle θp1 formed by the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane perpendicular to the axis Yw, Yb of the dome portions 21w1, 21b1 is It is equal to the angle θp2 formed by the axial centers Yw and Yb and the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d ′ (and the angle θp3 formed by the axial center Yk of the leg portion 21-4 and the straight line Lp). Therefore, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 is orthogonal to the plate thickness direction Dp and parallel to the upper surface of the support portion 31d ', and the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d'. Further, in this state, the inner diameter of the through hole 31d3 ′ at the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ′ is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the columnar portion of the leg portion 21-4, so that the reaction force generating member 21 is supported by the support portion 31d ′. Can be fixed to. Furthermore, also in this sixth embodiment, the outer diameter of the portion other than the tip portion of the leg portion 21-4 (the portion that does not contact the inner surface of the through hole 31d3 ′) is the same, and the inner surface of the through hole 31d3 ′ The outer peripheral surface of the leg 21-4 that comes into contact mainly deforms in the radial direction. Then, after the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed to the support portion 31d ', the force that the deformed portion of the leg portion 21-4 tries to return to the original shape acts on the radially outer side of the leg portion 21-4. As a result, also in the sixth embodiment, as in the case of the fourth and fifth embodiments, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, the plane opposite to the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 is placed on the support portion 31d ′. The reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d ′ by being in close contact with the surface (upper surface).

前記第6実施形態においては、内側面In11,In12の延設方向を脚部21−4の軸心Ykの方向と平行にし、かつ内側面In21,In22の延設方向を支持部31d’の板厚方向Dpと平行にした。しかし、この第6実施形態においても、上記第3実施形態の変形例1〜3(図8(A)〜(C)参照)のように、内側面In11,In12,In21,In22の延設方向は変更可能である。すなわち、内側面In11が、貫通孔31d3’の内周面に接触する支持部31d’の中間位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるとともに、内側面In12が、貫通孔31d3’の内周面に接触する支持部31d’の中間位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにしてもよい。また、内側面In21が、貫通孔31d3’の内周面に接触する支持部31d’の中間位置から、直線Lpの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるとともに、内側面In22が、貫通孔31d3’の内周面に接触する支持部31d’の中間位置から、直線Lpの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにしてもよい。さらに、内側面In11,In12が、貫通孔31d3’の内周面に接触する支持部31d’の中間位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方及び下方にそれぞれ延設されるようにし、かつ内側面In21,In22が、貫通孔31d3’の内周面に接触する支持部31d’の中間位置から、直線Lpの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方及び下方にそれぞれ延設されるようにしてもよい。   In the sixth embodiment, the extending direction of the inner side surfaces In11 and In12 is parallel to the direction of the axis Yk of the leg 21-4, and the extending direction of the inner side surfaces In21 and In22 is the plate of the support portion 31d ′. Parallel to the thickness direction Dp. However, also in the sixth embodiment, the extending directions of the inner side surfaces In11, In12, In21, and In22 as in Modifications 1 to 3 of the third embodiment (see FIGS. 8A to 8C). Can be changed. That is, the inner side surface In11 extends upwardly from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ′ contacting the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d3 ′, inclining radially outward from the direction of the axis Yk. The side surface In12 may extend downward from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ′ that contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d3 ′, inclining radially outward from the direction of the axis Yk. In addition, the inner surface In21 extends from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ′ contacting the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d3 ′ to the outer side in a radial direction from the direction of the straight line Lp and extends upward. In22 may extend downward from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ′ contacting the inner peripheral surface of the through-hole 31d3 ′, inclining radially outward from the direction of the straight line Lp. Further, the inner side surfaces In11 and In12 extend upward and downward from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ′ contacting the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d3 ′, inclining radially outward from the direction of the axis Yk. In addition, the inner side surfaces In21 and In22 are inclined upward and downward from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ′ in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d3 ′ so as to be radially outward from the direction of the straight line Lp. Each may be extended.

g.第7実施形態
次に、上記第1乃至第3実施形態の場合と同様に、支持部31d”を水平に対して傾斜させるが、支持部31d”の貫通孔31d1”を形成する際に、型抜き方向を支持部31d”の板厚方向Dpとは異なる方向、例えば図12の上下方向にするようにした第7実施形態について、図12を用いて説明する。この第7実施形態においても、上記第1実施形態と同様にドーム部21w1,21b1及びトップ部21w2,21b2の軸心Yw,Ybは上方向にて図示左側に傾斜しており、ベース部21−3は図示左側部分が図示右側部分よりも厚肉に形成されている。ドーム部21w1,21b1、トップ部21w2,21b2及び脚部21−4の形状も上記第1実施形態の場合と同じである。また、ベース部21−3の上面及び下面が平面である点、軸心Yw,Ybがベース部21−3の上面に直交している点、及び脚部21−4の軸心Ykが軸心Yw,Ybに平行である点も上記第1実施形態の場合と同じである。さらに、支持部31d”の上面及び下面も平面である点、及び支持部31d”の板厚が均一である点も上記第1実施形態の場合と同じである。
g. Seventh Embodiment Next, as in the case of the first to third embodiments, the support portion 31d ″ is inclined with respect to the horizontal, but when forming the through hole 31d1 ″ of the support portion 31d ″, the mold A seventh embodiment in which the drawing direction is a direction different from the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d ″, for example, the vertical direction in FIG. 12, will be described with reference to FIG. Also in the seventh embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 and the top portions 21w2 and 21b2 are inclined upward to the left in the figure, and the base portion 21- 3, the left part of the figure is formed thicker than the right part of the figure. The shapes of the dome portions 21w1, 21b1, the top portions 21w2, 21b2, and the leg portions 21-4 are the same as those in the first embodiment. Further, the upper surface and the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 are flat, the axial centers Yw and Yb are orthogonal to the upper surface of the base portion 21-3, and the axial center Yk of the leg portion 21-4 is the axial center. The point parallel to Yw and Yb is also the same as in the case of the first embodiment. Further, the upper and lower surfaces of the support portion 31d ″ are also flat, and the plate thickness of the support portion 31d ″ is uniform as in the case of the first embodiment.

そして、図12においても、ベース部21−3の上面に平行であり(すなわち、軸心Yw,Ybに直交し)、かつ軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d”の上面にて交差する平面をP1で表す。また、この場合も、支持部31d”の板厚方向をDpとすると、べース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面P1とが成す角度θp1は、軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d”の板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2に等しい。   Also in FIG. 12, a plane that is parallel to the upper surface of the base portion 21-3 (that is, orthogonal to the axial centers Yw and Yb) and intersects the axial centers Yw and Yb at the upper surface of the support portion 31d ″. In this case as well, when the thickness direction of the support portion 31d ″ is Dp, the plane P1 orthogonal to the bottom surface of the base portion 21-3 and the axes Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 Is equal to an angle θp2 formed by the axial centers Yw and Yb and the thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d ″.

この第7実施形態においても、支持部31d”には貫通孔31d1”が形成されており、貫通孔31d1”は次のように構成されている。支持部31d”の下面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の突出側位置)における貫通孔31d1”の形状は脚部21−4の軸心Ykを中心とする円形であり、その内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さい。また、支持部31d”の上面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の侵入側位置)における貫通孔31d1”の形状も円形であるが、その内径は前記下面位置の内径よりも大きく、その中心は脚部21−4の軸心Ykとは異なる。そして、貫通孔31d1”の内側面は、下方から上方に向かうに従って内径が大きくなる円錐台状に形成されている。   Also in the seventh embodiment, the support portion 31d ″ is formed with a through hole 31d1 ″, and the through hole 31d1 ″ is configured as follows. The bottom surface position of the support portion 31d ″ (that is, the leg portion 21). The shape of the through-hole 31d1 "at the protrusion side position -4 is a circle centered on the axis Yk of the leg 21-4, and its inner diameter is slightly larger than the outer diameter of the columnar portion of the leg 21-4 Further, the shape of the through hole 31d1 ″ at the upper surface position of the support portion 31d ″ (that is, the position on the entry side of the leg portion 21-4) is also circular, but the inner diameter thereof is larger than the inner diameter of the lower surface position, Is different from the axis Yk of the leg 21-4. The inner side surface of the through hole 31d1 ″ is formed in a truncated cone shape whose inner diameter increases from the bottom to the top.

この貫通孔31d1”の内側面の傾斜角度は、次のように設定されている。この場合も、支持部31d”の下面(すなわち、脚部21−4が全周に渡って貫通孔31d1”の内周面と接触する平面位置)における貫通孔31d1”の中心位置を通る板厚方向Dpの直線をLpとする。また、脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとが成す角度をθp3とする。そして、この場合も、脚部21−4の軸心Ykはドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybとそれぞれ平行であり、直線Lpは板厚方向Dpと同じであるので、角度θp3は、ベース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1、及び軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d”の板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2にそれぞれ等しい。   The inclination angle of the inner surface of the through hole 31d1 ″ is set as follows. Also in this case, the lower surface of the support portion 31d ″ (that is, the leg portion 21-4 extends through the entire circumference of the through hole 31d1 ″. The straight line in the plate thickness direction Dp passing through the center position of the through hole 31d1 ″ at the plane position in contact with the inner peripheral surface of the plate is defined as Lp. Further, an angle formed by the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 and the straight line Lp is defined as θp3. Also in this case, since the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 is parallel to the axes Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and the straight line Lp is the same as the plate thickness direction Dp, the angle θp3 is An angle θp1 formed by the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and a plane orthogonal to the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and an angle θp2 formed by the axial centers Yw and Yb and the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d ″. Is equal to

この場合も、軸心Ykと直線Lpを含む平面を想定する。そして、想定した平面と、貫通孔31d1”の内側面とが交差する一対の内側面(すなわち一対の直線)のうちで、直線Lpが支持部31d”の下面よりも上方にて軸心Ykに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示左側の内側面)をIn1とする。また、前記一対の内側面のうちの他方の内側面、すなわち軸心Ykが支持部31d”の下面よりも上方にて直線Lpに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示右側の内側面)をIn2とする。内側面In1の延設方向は、軸心Ykと平行であり、下方から上方に向かって図示型抜き方向である上下方向に対して外側に広がっている。一方、内側面In2の延設方向は、前記上下方向である。なお、貫通孔31d1”は、上述のように鍵フレーム31を合成樹脂で型成形した際に形成されるものであり、この第7実施形態では、貫通孔31d1”は支持部31d”の下面を境に図示型抜き方向である上下方向に成形型を抜き取ることにより形成される。したがって、貫通孔31d1”は、型成形により容易に形成される。他の構成は、上記第1実施形態と同じであるので、上記第1実施形態の場合と同一符号を付して、その説明を省略する。   Also in this case, a plane including the axis Yk and the straight line Lp is assumed. Of the pair of inner side surfaces (that is, a pair of straight lines) where the assumed plane and the inner side surface of the through hole 31d1 ″ intersect, the straight line Lp is above the lower surface of the support portion 31d ″ above the axis Yk. The inner side surface (the inner side surface on the left side in the figure) on the side inclined with respect to the side is referred to as In1. The other inner surface of the pair of inner surfaces, that is, the inner surface on the side where the axis Yk is inclined with respect to the straight line Lp above the lower surface of the support portion 31d ″ (the inner surface on the right side in the figure). ) Is defined as In 2. The extending direction of the inner side surface In1 is parallel to the axis Yk and extends outward from the lower side to the upper side in the illustrated die-cutting direction from the lower side to the upper side. The extending direction of In2 is the vertical direction. The through hole 31d1 ″ is formed when the key frame 31 is molded with a synthetic resin as described above, and in this seventh embodiment, The through-hole 31d1 ″ is formed by extracting the molding die in the vertical direction, which is the illustrated die-cutting direction, with the lower surface of the support portion 31d ″ as a boundary. Accordingly, the through-hole 31d1 ″ is easily formed by molding. Since other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment are given, and description thereof is made. Is omitted.

そして、反力発生部材21の支持部31d”への組み付けにおいては、上記第1実施形態の場合と同様に、複数の脚部21−4を複数の貫通孔31d1”にそれぞれ侵入させて圧入することにより、反力発生部材21が支持部31d”上に固定される。この組み付けにおいては、脚部21−4の図示左側面を貫通孔31d1”の内側面In1に当接させながら、反力発生部材21を軸心Yw,Ybの方向に押して支持部31d”に押し込む。これにより、脚部21−4は、貫通孔31d1”の内側面と長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)することなく、貫通孔31d1”内に内側面In1に沿って軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入する。   Then, in assembling the reaction force generating member 21 to the support portion 31d ″, the plurality of leg portions 21-4 are respectively inserted into the plurality of through holes 31d1 ″ and press-fitted as in the case of the first embodiment. Accordingly, the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed on the support portion 31d ″. In this assembly, the reaction force is generated while the illustrated left side surface of the leg portion 21-4 is in contact with the inner surface In1 of the through hole 31d1 ″. The generating member 21 is pushed in the directions of the axial centers Yw and Yb and pushed into the support portion 31d ″. As a result, the leg portion 21-4 contacts the inner surface of the through hole 31d1 ″ over a long distance (that is, a large area) ( Without interfering) and smoothly enters the through hole 31d1 ″ along the inner surface In1 in the direction of the axis Yk.

そして、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31d”の上面に当接するまで、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d1”内にさらに押し込む。この状態では、上記第1実施形態の場合と同様に、ベース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1は、軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d”の板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2(及び脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとがなす角度θp3)に等しい。したがって、ベース部21−3の下面は板厚方向Dpと直交して支持部31d”の上面と平行になり、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31d”の上面に当接する。また、この状態では、支持部31d”の下面位置における貫通孔31d1”の内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さいので、反力発生部材21を支持部31d”に固定することができる。さらに、この第7実施形態においても、脚部21−4の先端部(貫通孔31d1”の内側面に接触しない部分)以外の部分の外径は同じであり、貫通孔31d1”の内側面と接触する脚部21−4の外周面は径方向に主に変形する。そして、反力発生部材21を支持部31d”に固定した後には、脚部21−4の変形した部分が原形に復帰しようとする力は、脚部21−4の径方向外側に作用する。その結果、この第7実施形態においても、上記第1実施形態の場合と同様に、ベース部21−3の下面すなわちドーム部21w1,21b1の反対側の平面を支持部31d”の設置面(上面)に密着させて、反力発生部材21を支持部31d”に簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   Then, the leg portion 21-4 is further pushed into the through hole 31d1 ″ until the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d ″. In this state, as in the case of the first embodiment, the angle θp1 formed by the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane perpendicular to the axis Yw, Yb of the dome portion 21w1, 21b1 is the axis Yw, Yb. Is equal to the angle θp2 formed by the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d ″ (and the angle θp3 formed by the axis Yk of the leg portion 21-4 and the straight line Lp). It is perpendicular to the direction Dp and parallel to the upper surface of the support portion 31d ″, and the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d ″. In this state, the lower surface of the support portion 31d ″ Since the inner diameter of the through hole 31d1 ″ is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion of the leg portion 21-4, the reaction force generating member 21 can be fixed to the support portion 31d ″. Furthermore, also in this seventh embodiment, the outer diameters of the portions other than the tip portions of the leg portions 21-4 (portions that do not contact the inner surface of the through hole 31d1 ") are the same, and the inner surface of the through hole 31d1" The outer peripheral surface of the leg 21-4 that comes into contact mainly deforms in the radial direction. After the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed to the support portion 31d ″, the force that the deformed portion of the leg portion 21-4 attempts to return to the original shape acts on the radially outer side of the leg portion 21-4. As a result, also in the seventh embodiment, as in the case of the first embodiment, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, the plane opposite to the dome portions 21w1, 21b1, is the installation surface (upper surface) of the support portion 31d ″. The reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d ″.

前記第7実施形態においては、内側面In1の延設方向を脚部21−4の軸心Ykの方向と平行にし、かつ内側面In2の延設方向を図示型抜き方向である上下とした。しかし、この第4実施形態においても、上記第1実施形態の変形例1〜3(図4(A)〜(C)参照)のように、内側面In1,In2の延設方向は変更可能である。すなわち、内側面In1が、貫通孔31d1”の内周面に接触する支持部31d”の下面位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるようにしてもよい。また、内側面In2が、貫通孔31d1”の内周面に接触する支持部31d”の下面位置から、図示上下方向である型抜き方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるようにしてもよい。さらに、内側面In1が、貫通孔31d1”の内周面に接触する支持部31d”の下面位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるようにし、かつ内側面In2が、貫通孔31d1”の内周面に接触する支持部31d”の下面位置から、図示型抜き方向である上下方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるようにしてもよい。   In the seventh embodiment, the extending direction of the inner side surface In1 is made parallel to the direction of the axis Yk of the leg portion 21-4, and the extending direction of the inner side surface In2 is the upper and lower sides that are the illustrated die-cutting direction. However, also in the fourth embodiment, the extending directions of the inner side surfaces In1 and In2 can be changed as in the first to third modifications of the first embodiment (see FIGS. 4A to 4C). is there. That is, the inner side surface In1 is extended from the lower surface position of the support portion 31d ″ contacting the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1 ″ to the upper side, inclined radially outward from the direction of the axis Yk. Also good. Further, the inner side surface In2 extends upwardly from the lower surface position of the support portion 31d ″ that contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1 ″, inclining radially outward from the die-cutting direction that is the vertical direction in the drawing. You may do it. Furthermore, the inner side surface In1 is extended from the lower surface position of the support portion 31d ″ that contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1 ″ to the upper side inclining radially outward from the direction of the axis Yk, In addition, the inner surface In2 extends upwardly from the lower surface position of the support portion 31d ″ that contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1 ″, inclining radially outward from the vertical direction that is the illustrated die-cutting direction. It may be.

h.第8実施形態
次に、上記第7実施形態の貫通孔31d1”とは異なる貫通孔31d2”を支持部31d”に設けた第8実施形態について、図13を用いて説明する。この第8実施形態における貫通孔31d2”は次のように構成されている。支持部31d”の上面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の侵入側位置)における貫通孔31d2”の形状は脚部21−4の軸心Ykを中心とする円形であり、その内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さい。また、支持部31d”の下面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の突出側位置)における貫通孔31d2”の形状も円形であるが、その内径は前記上面位置の内径よりも大きく、その中心は脚部21−4の軸心Ykとは異なる。そして、貫通孔31d2”の内側面は、上方から下方に向かうに従って内径が大きくなる円錐台状に形成されている。
h. Eighth Embodiment Next, an eighth embodiment in which a through hole 31d2 ″ different from the through hole 31d1 ″ in the seventh embodiment is provided in the support portion 31d ″ will be described with reference to FIG. The through hole 31d2 ″ in the form is configured as follows. The shape of the through hole 31d2 ″ at the upper surface position of the support portion 31d ″ (that is, the position on the entry side of the leg portion 21-4) is a circle centering on the axis Yk of the leg portion 21-4, and the inner diameter thereof is the leg portion 21. -4 is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the cylindrical portion. Further, the shape of the through hole 31d2 ″ at the lower surface position of the support portion 31d ″ (that is, the protruding side position of the leg portion 21-4) is also circular, but its inner diameter is larger than the inner diameter of the upper surface position, and its center is the leg. It is different from the axis Yk of the part 21-4. The inner side surface of the through hole 31d2 ″ is formed in a truncated cone shape whose inner diameter increases from the upper side to the lower side.

そして、この貫通孔31d2”の内側面の傾斜角度は、次のように設定されている。この場合、支持部31d”の上面(すなわち、脚部21−4が全周に渡って貫通孔31d2”の内周面と接触する平面位置)における貫通孔31d2”の中心位置を通る板厚方向Dpの直線をLpとする。また、脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとが成す角度をθp3とする。この場合も、脚部21−4の軸心Ykはドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybとそれぞれ平行であり、直線Lpは板厚方向Dpと同じであるので、角度θp3は、上記第7実施形態で説明したように、ベース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1、及び軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d”の板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2にそれぞれ等しい。なお、図13においても、P1は、ベース部21−3の上面に平行な平面、すなわち軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面を示している。   The inclination angle of the inner side surface of the through hole 31d2 ″ is set as follows. In this case, the upper surface of the support portion 31d ″ (that is, the leg portion 21-4 extends through the entire circumference of the through hole 31d2). A straight line in the plate thickness direction Dp passing through the center position of the through hole 31d2 "at a plane position in contact with the inner peripheral surface of" is defined as Lp. Further, an angle formed by the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 and the straight line Lp is defined as θp3. Also in this case, the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 is parallel to the axes Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and the straight line Lp is the same as the plate thickness direction Dp. As described in the seventh embodiment, the angle θp1 formed between the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane perpendicular to the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, and the axial centers Yw and Yb and the support portion 31d ″ 13, P1 indicates a plane parallel to the upper surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, a plane orthogonal to the axes Yw and Yb.

この場合も、軸心Ykと直線Lpを含む平面を想定する。そして、想定した平面と、貫通孔31d2”の内側面とが交差する一対の内側面(すなわち一対の直線)のうちで、直線Lpが支持部31d”の上面よりも下方にて軸心Ykに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示右側の内側面)をIn1とする。また、前記一対の内側面のうちの他方の内側面、すなわち軸心Ykが支持部31d”の上面よりも下方にて直線Lpに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示左側の内側面)をIn2とする。内側面In1の延設方向は、軸心Ykと平行であり、上方から下方に向かって図示型抜き方向である上下方向に対して外側に広がっている。一方、内側面In2の延設方向は、前記上下方向である。なお、貫通孔31d2”は、前述のように鍵フレーム31を合成樹脂で型成形した際に形成されるものであり、この第8実施形態では、貫通孔31d2”は支持部31d”の上面を境に図示型抜き方向である上下方向に成形型を抜き取ることにより形成される。したがって、貫通孔31d2”は、型成形により容易に形成される。他の構成は、上記第7実施形態と同じであるので、上記第7実施形態の場合と同一符号を付して、その説明を省略する。   Also in this case, a plane including the axis Yk and the straight line Lp is assumed. Of the pair of inner side surfaces (that is, a pair of straight lines) where the assumed plane intersects with the inner side surface of the through hole 31d2 ″, the straight line Lp is below the upper surface of the support portion 31d ″ with the axis Yk. The inner side surface (the inner side surface on the right side in the figure) on the side inclined with respect to the side is referred to as In1. The other inner surface of the pair of inner surfaces, that is, the inner surface on the side where the axis Yk is inclined with respect to the straight line Lp below the upper surface of the support portion 31d ″ (the inner surface on the left side in the drawing). ) Is defined as In 2. The extending direction of the inner side surface In1 is parallel to the axial center Yk and extends outward from the up and down direction, which is the illustrated die-cutting direction, from the upper side to the lower side. The extending direction of In2 is the vertical direction. The through hole 31d2 ″ is formed when the key frame 31 is molded with a synthetic resin as described above, and in the eighth embodiment, The through-hole 31d2 ″ is formed by extracting the molding die in the vertical direction, which is the illustrated die-cutting direction, with the upper surface of the support portion 31d ″ as a boundary. Accordingly, the through hole 31d2 ″ is easily formed by molding. Since the other configuration is the same as that in the seventh embodiment, the same reference numerals as those in the seventh embodiment are given, and the description is given. Is omitted.

そして、反力発生部材21の支持部31d”への組み付けにおいては、上記第7実施形態の場合と同様に、複数の脚部21−4を複数の貫通孔31d2”にそれぞれ侵入させて圧入することにより、反力発生部材21が支持部31d”上に固定される。この組み付けにおいては、脚部21−4の図示右側面を貫通孔31d2”の内側面In1に当接させながら、反力発生部材21を軸心Yw,Ybの方向に押して支持部31d”に押し込む。これにより、脚部21−4は、貫通孔31d2”の内側面と長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)することなく、貫通孔31d2”内に内側面In1に沿って軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入する。   Then, in assembling the reaction force generating member 21 to the support portion 31d ″, as in the case of the seventh embodiment, the plurality of leg portions 21-4 are respectively inserted into the plurality of through holes 31d2 ″ and press-fitted. As a result, the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed on the support portion 31d ″. In this assembly, the reaction force is generated while the right side surface of the leg portion 21-4 is in contact with the inner surface In1 of the through hole 31d2 ″. The generating member 21 is pushed in the direction of the axial centers Yw and Yb and pushed into the support portion 31d ″. As a result, the leg portion 21-4 contacts the inner surface of the through hole 31d2 ″ over a long distance (that is, a large area) ( Without interfering), it smoothly enters the through hole 31d2 "along the inner surface In1 in the direction of the axis Yk.

そして、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31d”の上面に当接するまで、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d2”内にさらに押し込む。この状態では、上記第7実施形態の場合と同様に、ベース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1は、軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d”の板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2(及び脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとがなす角度θp3)に等しい。したがって、ベース部21−3の下面は板厚方向Dpと直交して支持部31d”の上面と平行になり、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31d”の上面に当接する。また、この状態では、支持部31d”の上面位置における貫通孔31d2”の内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さいので、反力発生部材21を支持部31d”に固定することができる。さらに、この第8実施形態においても、脚部21−4の先端部(貫通孔31d2”の内側面に接触しない部分)以外の部分の外径は同じであり、貫通孔31d2”の内側面と接触する脚部21−4の外周面は径方向に主に変形する。そして、反力発生部材21を支持部31d”に固定した後には、脚部21−4の変形した部分が原形に復帰しようとする力は、脚部21−4の径方向外側に作用する。その結果、この第8実施形態においても、上記第7実施形態の場合と同様に、ベース部21−3の下面すなわちドーム部21w1,21b1の反対側の平面を支持部31d”の設置面(上面)に密着させて、反力発生部材21を支持部31d”に簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   Then, the leg portion 21-4 is further pushed into the through hole 31d2 ″ until the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d ″. In this state, as in the case of the seventh embodiment, the angle θp1 formed by the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane perpendicular to the axis Yw, Yb of the dome portion 21w1, 21b1 is the axis Yw, Yb. Is equal to the angle θp2 formed by the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d ″ (and the angle θp3 formed by the axis Yk of the leg portion 21-4 and the straight line Lp). It is perpendicular to the direction Dp and parallel to the upper surface of the support portion 31d ″, and the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d ″. In this state, the upper surface position of the support portion 31d ″ Since the inner diameter of the through hole 31d2 ″ is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the columnar portion of the leg portion 21-4, the reaction force generating member 21 can be fixed to the support portion 31d ″. Furthermore, also in the eighth embodiment, the outer diameters of the portions other than the tip portion of the leg portion 21-4 (the portion that does not contact the inner surface of the through hole 31d2 ″) are the same, and the inner surface of the through hole 31d2 ″ The outer peripheral surface of the leg 21-4 that comes into contact mainly deforms in the radial direction. After the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed to the support portion 31d ″, the force that the deformed portion of the leg portion 21-4 attempts to return to the original shape acts on the radially outer side of the leg portion 21-4. As a result, also in the eighth embodiment, as in the case of the seventh embodiment, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, the plane opposite to the dome portions 21w1, 21b1 is the installation surface (upper surface) of the support portion 31d ″. The reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d ″.

前記第8実施形態においては、内側面In1の延設方向を脚部21−4の軸心Ykの方向と平行にし、かつ内側面In2の延設方向を図示型抜き方向である上下方向とした。しかし、この第8実施形態においても、上記第2実施形態の変形例1〜3(図6(A)〜(C)参照)のように、内側面In1,In2の延設方向は変更可能である。すなわち、内側面In1が、貫通孔31d2”の内周面に接触する支持部31d”の上面位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにしてもよい。また、内側面In2が、貫通孔31d2”の内周面に接触する支持部31d”の上面位置から、図示型抜き方向である上下方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにしてもよい。さらに、内側面In1が、貫通孔31d2”の内周面に接触する支持部31d”の上面位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにし、かつ内側面In2が、貫通孔31d2”の内周面に接触する支持部31d”の上面位置から、図示型抜き方向である上下方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにしてもよい。   In the eighth embodiment, the extending direction of the inner side surface In1 is parallel to the direction of the axis Yk of the leg 21-4, and the extending direction of the inner side surface In2 is the vertical direction that is the illustrated die-cutting direction. . However, also in the eighth embodiment, the extending directions of the inner side surfaces In1 and In2 can be changed as in the first to third modifications of the second embodiment (see FIGS. 6A to 6C). is there. That is, the inner side surface In1 is extended downward from the upper surface position of the support portion 31d ″ that contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d2 ″, inclining radially outward from the direction of the axis Yk. Also good. Further, the inner side surface In2 extends downwardly from the upper surface position of the support portion 31d ″ that contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d2 ″, inclining radially outward from the vertical direction that is the illustrated die-cutting direction. You may do it. Further, the inner side surface In1 is extended from the upper surface position of the support portion 31d ″ contacting the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d2 ″ to be inclined downward in the radial direction from the direction of the axis Yk. In addition, the inner surface In2 extends downward from the upper surface position of the support portion 31d ″ that contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d2 ″ so as to be inclined radially outward from the vertical direction that is the illustrated die-cutting direction. It may be.

i.第9実施形態
次に、上記第7及び第8実施形態の貫通孔31d1”,31d2”とは異なる貫通孔31d3”を支持部31d”に設けた第9実施形態について、図14を用いて説明する。この第9実施形態における貫通孔31d3”は次のように構成されている。支持部31d”の上面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の侵入側位置)と下面位置(すなわち脚部21−4の突出側位置)との中間位置における貫通孔31d3”の形状は脚部21−4の軸心Ykを中心とする円形であり、その内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さい。また、支持部31d”の上面位置及び下面位置における貫通孔31d3”の形状もそれぞれ円形であるが、それらの内径は前記中間位置の内径よりも大きく、その中心は脚部21−4の軸心Ykとは異なる。そして、貫通孔31d3”の内側面の上部は中間位置から上方に向かうに従って内径が大きくなる円錐台状に形成されているとともに、貫通孔31d3”の内側面の下部は中間位置から下方に向かうに従って内径が大きくなる円錐台状に形成されている。
i. Ninth Embodiment Next, a ninth embodiment in which through holes 31d3 ″ different from the through holes 31d1 ″ and 31d2 ″ of the seventh and eighth embodiments are provided in the support portion 31d ″ will be described with reference to FIG. To do. The through hole 31d3 ″ in the ninth embodiment is configured as follows. The upper surface position (that is, the entry side position of the leg portion 21-4) and the lower surface position (that is, the leg portion 21-4) of the support portion 31d ″. The shape of the through hole 31d3 ″ at the intermediate position with respect to the protruding side position is a circle centered on the axis Yk of the leg 21-4, and the inner diameter thereof is larger than the outer diameter of the columnar portion of the leg 21-4. The through holes 31d3 ″ at the upper surface position and the lower surface position of the support portion 31d ″ are also circular in shape, but their inner diameter is larger than the inner diameter at the intermediate position, and the center thereof is the leg portion 21-4. The upper part of the inner side surface of the through hole 31d3 ″ is formed in a truncated cone shape whose inner diameter increases from the intermediate position upward, and the lower part of the inner side surface of the through hole 31d3 ″. Is intermediate It is formed in a truncated cone shape whose inner diameter becomes larger as laid et downward.

そして、この貫通孔31d3”の内側面の傾斜角度は、次のように設定されている。この場合、支持部31d”の前記中間位置における貫通孔31d3”の中心位置を通る板厚方向Dpの直線をLpとする。また、脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとが成す角度をθp3とする。この場合も、脚部21−4の軸心Ykはドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybとそれぞれ平行であり、直線Lpは板厚方向Dpと同じであるので、角度θp3は、上記第7及び第8実施形態で説明したように、ベース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1、及び軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d”の板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2にそれぞれ等しい。なお、図14においても、P1は、ベース部21−3の上面に平行な平面、すなわち軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面を示している。   The inclination angle of the inner surface of the through hole 31d3 ″ is set as follows. In this case, the thickness direction Dp passing through the center position of the through hole 31d3 ″ at the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ″. The straight line is Lp, and the angle formed by the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 and the straight line Lp is θp3.In this case, the axis Yk of the leg 21-4 is the axis of the dome parts 21w1, 21b1. Since the straight lines Lp are parallel to the centers Yw and Yb and are the same as the plate thickness direction Dp, the angle θp3 is equal to the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the dome as described in the seventh and eighth embodiments. The angle θp1 formed by the planes perpendicular to the axes Yw and Yb of the portions 21w1 and 21b1 and the angle θp2 formed by the axis Yw and Yb and the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d ″ are respectively equal. In FIG. 14 as well, P1 indicates a plane parallel to the upper surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, a plane orthogonal to the axes Yw and Yb.

この場合も、軸心Ykと直線Lpを含む平面を想定する。そして、貫通孔31d3”の前記中間位置よりも上部において、想定した平面と、貫通孔31d3”の内側面とが交差する一対の内側面(すなわち一対の直線)のうちで、直線Lpが支持部31d”の前記中間位置よりも上方にて軸心Ykに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示左上側の内側面)をIn11とする。また、前記一対の内側面のうちの他方の内側面、すなわち軸心Ykが支持部31d”の前記中間位置よりも上方にて直線Lpに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示右上側の内側面)をIn21とする。内側面In11の延設方向は、軸心Ykと平行であり、前記中間位置から上方に向かって図示型抜き方向である上下方向に対して外側に広がっている。一方、内側面In21の延設方向は、前記上下方向である。   Also in this case, a plane including the axis Yk and the straight line Lp is assumed. The straight line Lp is the support portion of the pair of inner side surfaces (that is, a pair of straight lines) intersecting the assumed plane and the inner side surface of the through hole 31d3 ″ above the intermediate position of the through hole 31d3 ″. An inner side surface (an inner side surface on the upper left side in the figure) on the side inclined with respect to the axis Yk above the intermediate position of 31d ″ is In11. The other of the pair of inner side surfaces is In11. The inner surface, that is, the inner surface (the inner surface on the upper right side in the figure) on the side where the axis Yk is inclined with respect to the straight line Lp above the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ″ is referred to as In21. The extending direction of the inner side surface In11 is parallel to the axis Yk and extends outward from the intermediate position upward in the vertical direction, which is the illustrated die-cutting direction. On the other hand, the extending direction of the inner surface In21 is the vertical direction.

また、貫通孔31d3”の前記中間位置よりも下部において、想定した平面と、貫通孔31d3”の内側面とが交差する一対の内側面(すなわち一対の直線)のうちで、直線Lpが支持部31d”の前記中間位置よりも下方にて軸心Ykに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示右下側の内側面)をIn12とする。また、前記一対の内側面のうちの他方の内側面、すなわち軸心Ykが支持部31d”の前記中間位置よりも下方にて直線Lpに対して傾いている側にある内側面(図示左下側の内側面)をIn22とする。内側面In12の延設方向は、軸心Ykと平行であり、前記中間位置から下方に向かって図示型抜き方向である上下方向に対して外側に広がっている。一方、内側面In22の延設方向は、前記上下方向である。なお、貫通孔31d3”は、前述のように鍵フレーム31を合成樹脂で型成形した際に形成されるものであり、この第9実施形態では、貫通孔31d3”は前記中間位置を境に図示型抜き方向に成形型を抜き取ることにより形成される。したがって、貫通孔31d3”は、型成形により容易に形成される。他の構成は、上記第7及び第8実施形態と同じであるので、上記第7及び第8実施形態の場合と同一符号を付して、その説明を省略する。   In addition, a straight line Lp is a support portion of a pair of inner side surfaces (that is, a pair of straight lines) intersecting an assumed plane and an inner side surface of the through hole 31d3 ″ below the intermediate position of the through hole 31d3 ″. The inner side surface (the inner side surface on the lower right side in the drawing) on the side inclined with respect to the axis Yk below the intermediate position of 31d ″ is In12. The other of the pair of inner side surfaces is In12. The inner side surface, that is, the inner side surface (the inner left side surface in the figure) on the side where the axis Yk is inclined with respect to the straight line Lp below the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ″ is In22. The extending direction of the inner side surface In12 is parallel to the axis Yk and extends outward from the intermediate position downward with respect to the vertical direction that is the illustrated die-cutting direction. On the other hand, the extending direction of the inner surface In22 is the vertical direction. The through hole 31d3 ″ is formed when the key frame 31 is molded with a synthetic resin as described above. In the ninth embodiment, the through hole 31d3 ″ is illustrated with the intermediate position as a boundary. It is formed by extracting the mold in the mold cutting direction. Accordingly, the through hole 31d3 ″ is easily formed by molding. The other configurations are the same as those in the seventh and eighth embodiments, and therefore the same reference numerals as those in the seventh and eighth embodiments are used. A description thereof will be omitted.

そして、反力発生部材21の支持部31d”への組み付けにおいては、上記第7及び第8実施形態の場合と同様に、複数の脚部21−4を複数の貫通孔31d3”にそれぞれ侵入させて圧入することにより、反力発生部材21が支持部31d”上に固定される。この組み付けにおいては、脚部21−4の図示左側面を貫通孔31d3”の内側面In11に当接させるとともに、脚部21−4の図示右側面を貫通孔31d3”の内側面In12に当接させながら、反力発生部材21を軸心Yw,Ybの方向に押して支持部31d”に押し込む。これにより、脚部21−4は、貫通孔31d3”の内側面と長い距離(すなわち大きな面積)に渡って接触(干渉)することなく、貫通孔31d3”内に内側面In11,In12に沿って軸心Ykの方向にスムーズに侵入する。   Then, in assembling the reaction force generating member 21 to the support portion 31d ″, the plurality of leg portions 21-4 are respectively inserted into the plurality of through holes 31d3 ″ in the same manner as in the seventh and eighth embodiments. Then, the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed on the support portion 31d ″. In this assembly, the illustrated left side surface of the leg portion 21-4 is brought into contact with the inner surface In11 of the through hole 31d3 ″. The reaction force generating member 21 is pushed in the directions of the axial centers Yw and Yb and pushed into the support portion 31d ″ while the right side surface of the leg portion 21-4 is in contact with the inner surface In12 of the through hole 31d3 ″. As a result, the leg 21-4 does not contact (interfere) with the inner surface of the through hole 31d3 ″ over a long distance (ie, a large area), and extends along the inner surfaces In11 and In12 in the through hole 31d3 ″. It smoothly enters in the direction of the axis Yk.

そして、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31d”の上面に当接するまで、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d3”内にさらに押し込む。この状態では、上記第7及び第8実施形態の場合と同様に、べース部21−3の下面とドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する平面とが成す角度θp1は、軸心Yw,Ybと支持部31d”の板厚方向Dpとが成す角度θp2(及び脚部21−4の軸心Ykと直線Lpとがなす角度θp3)に等しい。したがって、ベース部21−3の下面は板厚方向Dpと直交して支持部31d”の上面と平行になり、ベース部21−3の下面全体が支持部31d”の上面に当接する。また、この状態では、支持部31d”の前記中間位置における貫通孔31d3”の内径は脚部21−4の円柱状部分の外径よりも若干小さいので、反力発生部材21を支持部31d”に固定することができる。さらに、この第9実施形態においても、脚部21−4の先端部(貫通孔31d3”の内側面に接触しない部分)以外の部分の外径は同じであり、貫通孔31d3”の内側面と接触する脚部21−4の外周面は径方向に主に変形する。そして、反力発生部材21を支持部31d”に固定した後には、脚部21−4の変形した部分が原形に復帰しようとする力は、脚部21−4の径方向外側に作用する。その結果、この第9実施形態においても、上記第7及び第8実施形態の場合と同様に、ベース部21−3の下面すなわちドーム部21w1,21b1の反対側の平面を支持部31d”の設置面(上面)に密着させて、反力発生部材21を支持部31d”に簡単かつ安定して組み付け及び固定することができる。   Then, the leg portion 21-4 is further pushed into the through hole 31d3 ″ until the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d ″. In this state, as in the case of the seventh and eighth embodiments, the angle θp1 formed by the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 and the plane perpendicular to the axis Yw, Yb of the dome portions 21w1, 21b1 is It is equal to the angle θp2 formed by the axial centers Yw and Yb and the thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d ″ (and the angle θp3 formed by the axial center Yk of the leg portion 21-4 and the straight line Lp). Accordingly, the base portion 21-3. Is perpendicular to the plate thickness direction Dp and parallel to the upper surface of the support portion 31d ″, and the entire lower surface of the base portion 21-3 contacts the upper surface of the support portion 31d ″. In this state, the support portion 31d Since the inner diameter of the through hole 31d3 "at the intermediate position" is slightly smaller than the outer diameter of the columnar portion of the leg 21-4, the reaction force generating member 21 can be fixed to the support 31d ". Further, also in the ninth embodiment, the outer diameters of the portions other than the tip portion of the leg portion 21-4 (the portion not contacting the inner surface of the through hole 31d3 ″) are the same, and the inner surface of the through hole 31d3 ″ is the same as that of the inner surface of the through hole 31d3 ″. The outer peripheral surface of the leg 21-4 that comes into contact mainly deforms in the radial direction. After the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed to the support portion 31d ″, the force that the deformed portion of the leg portion 21-4 attempts to return to the original shape acts on the radially outer side of the leg portion 21-4. As a result, also in the ninth embodiment, as in the case of the seventh and eighth embodiments, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3, that is, the plane opposite to the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 is placed on the support portion 31d ″. The reaction force generating member 21 can be easily and stably assembled and fixed to the support portion 31d ″ by being in close contact with the surface (upper surface).

前記第9実施形態においては、内側面In11,In12の延設方向を脚部21−4の軸心Ykの方向と平行にし、かつ内側面In21,In22の延設方向を図示型抜き方向である上下方向とした。しかし、この第9実施形態においても、上記第3実施形態の変形例1〜3(図8(A)〜(C)参照)のように、内側面In11,In12,In21,In22の延設方向は変更可能である。すなわち、内側面In11が、貫通孔31d3”の内周面に接触する支持部31d”の中間位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるとともに、内側面In12が、貫通孔31d3”の内周面に接触する支持部31d”の中間位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにしてもよい。また、内側面In21が、貫通孔31d3”の内周面に接触する支持部31d”の中間位置から、図示型抜き方向である上下方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方に延設されるとともに、内側面In22が、貫通孔31d3”の内周面に接触する支持部31d”の中間位置から、図示型抜き方向である上下方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して下方に延設されるようにしてもよい。さらに、内側面In11,In12が、貫通孔31d3”の内周面に接触する支持部31d”の中間位置から、軸心Ykの方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方及び下方にそれぞれ延設されるようにし、かつ内側面In21,In22が、貫通孔31d3”の内周面に接触する支持部31d”の中間位置から、図示型抜き方向である上下方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して上方及び下方にそれぞれ延設されるようにしてもよい。   In the ninth embodiment, the extending direction of the inner side surfaces In11 and In12 is parallel to the direction of the axis Yk of the leg 21-4, and the extending direction of the inner side surfaces In21 and In22 is the illustrated die-cutting direction. The vertical direction was used. However, also in the ninth embodiment, the extending directions of the inner side surfaces In11, In12, In21, and In22 as in Modifications 1 to 3 (see FIGS. 8A to 8C) of the third embodiment. Can be changed. That is, the inner side surface In11 extends from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ″ contacting the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d3 ″ to the outside in the radial direction from the direction of the axis Yk and extends upward. The side surface In12 may extend downwardly from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ″ contacting the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d3 ″, inclining radially outward from the direction of the axis Yk. Further, the inner side surface In21 extends upwardly from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ″ that contacts the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d3 ″, inclining radially outward from the vertical direction that is the illustrated die-cutting direction. At the same time, the inner surface In22 extends downward from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ″ contacting the inner peripheral surface of the through-hole 31d3 ″, inclining radially outward from the vertical direction, which is the illustrated die-cutting direction. You may do it. Further, the inner side surfaces In11 and In12 extend upward and downward from the intermediate position of the support portion 31d ″ contacting the inner peripheral surface of the through-hole 31d3 ″, inclining radially outward from the direction of the axis Yk, respectively. In addition, the inner side surfaces In21 and In22 are inclined radially outward from the middle position of the support portion 31d ″ contacting the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d3 ″ with respect to the vertical direction as shown in the drawing direction. You may make it extend respectively upward and downward.

j.第10実施形態
次に、上記第1実施形態(図3)の一部を変形した第10実施形態について、図15を用いて説明する。この第10実施形態においても、上記第1実施形態と同様に、ドーム部21w1,21b1及びトップ部21w2,21b2の軸心Yw,Ybは上方向にて図示左側に傾斜しているが、ベース部21−3の厚さは全体に渡って均一である。また、支持部31dの上面及び下面も平面である点、及び支持部31dの板厚が均一である点も上記第1実施形態の場合と同じである。この場合も、白鍵11w,11bによる反力発生部材21の押圧方向は、上記第1実施形態と同様に、軸心Yw,Ybの方向である。したがって、支持部31dの上面及び下面が、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bによる反力発生部材21の押圧方向に直交するように、支持部31dが設けられていることになる。すなわち、支持部31dの板厚方向Dpは、軸心Yw,Ybの方向と平行である。
j. Tenth Embodiment Next, a tenth embodiment obtained by modifying a part of the first embodiment (FIG. 3) will be described with reference to FIG. In the tenth embodiment, as in the first embodiment, the axes Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 and the top portions 21w2 and 21b2 are inclined upward on the left side in the figure. The thickness of 21-3 is uniform throughout. Moreover, the point which the upper surface and lower surface of the support part 31d are also planes, and the point that the plate | board thickness of the support part 31d is uniform are the same as the case of the said 1st Embodiment. Also in this case, the pressing direction of the reaction force generating member 21 by the white keys 11w and 11b is the direction of the axial centers Yw and Yb, as in the first embodiment. Therefore, the support portion 31d is provided so that the upper surface and the lower surface of the support portion 31d are orthogonal to the pressing direction of the reaction force generating member 21 by the white key 11w and the black key 11b. That is, the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d is parallel to the directions of the axial centers Yw and Yb.

そして、ベース部21−3以外の反力発生部材21のドーム部21w1,21b1、トップ部21w2,21b2及び脚部21−4の形状、並び支持部31dに貫通孔31d1の形状も上記第1実施形態の場合と同じである。ただし、この第10実施形態においては、支持部31dの板厚方向Dpは脚部21−4の軸心方向と同じであるので、脚部21−4の外周面に接する内側面In1を、図15のように、貫通孔31d1の図示右側の内側面としてもよいが、図示左側の内側面としてもよい。さらに、他の構成に関しても、上記第1実施形態と同じであるので、上記第1実施形態の場合と同一符号を付して、その説明を省略する。   The shapes of the dome portions 21w1, 21b1, top portions 21w2, 21b2, and leg portions 21-4 of the reaction force generating member 21 other than the base portion 21-3, and the shape of the through holes 31d1 in the side support portions 31d are also described in the first embodiment. It is the same as the case of form. However, in the tenth embodiment, since the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d is the same as the axial direction of the leg portion 21-4, the inner side surface In1 in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the leg portion 21-4 is illustrated in FIG. As shown in FIG. 15, the inner surface on the right side of the through hole 31 d 1 may be used, or the inner surface on the left side of the drawing may be used. Further, since the other configurations are the same as those in the first embodiment, the same reference numerals as those in the first embodiment are used, and the description thereof is omitted.

この第10実施形態においても、支持部31dには貫通孔31d1の内側面は、上記第1実施形態と同様に、下方から上方に向かって上下方向に対して外側に広がっている。したがって、この場合も、貫通孔31d1は支持部31dの下面を境に図示型抜き方向である上下方向に成形型を抜き取ることにより形成される。また、反力発生部材21の支持部31dへの組み付けも、上記第1実施形態の場合と同様である。したがって、この第10実施形態においても、上述した第1実施形態と全く同じ効果が得られる。   Also in the tenth embodiment, the inner surface of the through hole 31d1 extends outward in the vertical direction from the bottom to the top, as in the first embodiment. Therefore, also in this case, the through hole 31d1 is formed by extracting the molding die in the vertical direction, which is the illustrated die-cutting direction, with the lower surface of the support portion 31d as a boundary. The assembly of the reaction force generating member 21 to the support portion 31d is also the same as in the case of the first embodiment. Therefore, also in the tenth embodiment, exactly the same effect as in the first embodiment described above can be obtained.

なお、この第10実施形態においても、上記第1実施形態の変形例1〜3(図4(A)〜(C)参照)のように、内側面In1,In2の延設方向は変更可能である。   In the tenth embodiment as well, as in the first to third modifications of the first embodiment (see FIGS. 4A to 4C), the extending direction of the inner side surfaces In1 and In2 can be changed. is there.

k.第11実施形態
次に、上記第2実施形態(図5)の一部を変形した第11実施形態について、図16を用いて説明する。この第11実施形態においては、ベース部21−3の厚さを上記第10実施形態のように全体に渡って均一にしている。すなわち、支持部31dが、その上面及び下面を白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bによる反力発生部材21の押圧方向に直交させるように設けられている。他の構成は、上記第2実施形態の場合と同じであるので、上記第2実施形態の場合と同一符号を付して、その説明を省略する。ただし、この第11実施形態においても、支持部31dの板厚方向Dpは脚部21−4の軸心方向と同じであるので、脚部21−4の外周面に接する内側面In1を、図16のように、貫通孔31d2の図示左側の内側面としてもよいが、図示右側の内側面としてもよい。
k. Eleventh Embodiment Next, an eleventh embodiment obtained by modifying a part of the second embodiment (FIG. 5) will be described with reference to FIG. In the eleventh embodiment, the thickness of the base portion 21-3 is made uniform throughout as in the tenth embodiment. That is, the support portion 31d is provided so that the upper surface and the lower surface thereof are orthogonal to the pressing direction of the reaction force generating member 21 by the white key 11w and the black key 11b. Other configurations are the same as those in the case of the second embodiment, and therefore, the same reference numerals as those in the case of the second embodiment are given and description thereof is omitted. However, also in the eleventh embodiment, since the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d is the same as the axial direction of the leg portion 21-4, the inner side surface In1 in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the leg portion 21-4 is shown in FIG. 16 may be the inner surface on the left side of the through hole 31d2 in the drawing, or may be the inner surface on the right side in the drawing.

この第11実施形態においても、支持部31dには貫通孔31d2の内側面は、上記第2実施形態と同様に、上方から下方に向かって上下方向に対して外側に広がっている。したがって、この場合も、貫通孔31d2は支持部31dの上面を境に図示型抜き方向である上下方向に成形型を抜き取ることにより形成される。また、反力発生部材21の支持部31dへの組み付けも、上記第2実施形態の場合と同様である。したがって、この第11実施形態においても、上述した第2実施形態と全く同じ効果が得られる。   Also in the eleventh embodiment, the inner surface of the through hole 31d2 of the support portion 31d extends outward in the vertical direction from the upper side to the lower side, as in the second embodiment. Therefore, also in this case, the through hole 31d2 is formed by extracting the molding die in the vertical direction, which is the illustrated die-cutting direction, with the upper surface of the support portion 31d as a boundary. The assembly of the reaction force generating member 21 to the support portion 31d is also the same as in the case of the second embodiment. Therefore, also in the eleventh embodiment, exactly the same effect as in the second embodiment described above can be obtained.

なお、この第11実施形態においても、上記第2実施形態の変形例1〜3(図6(A)〜(C)参照)のように、内側面In1,In2の延設方向は変更可能である。   In the eleventh embodiment as well, the extending direction of the inner side surfaces In1 and In2 can be changed as in the first to third modifications of the second embodiment (see FIGS. 6A to 6C). is there.

l.第12実施形態
次に、上記第3実施形態の一部を変形した第12実施形態について、図17を用いて説明する。この第12実施形態においては、ベース部21−3の厚さを上記第10及び第11実施形態のように全体に渡って均一にしている。すなわち、支持部31dが、その上面及び下面を白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bによる反力発生部材21の押圧方向に直交させるように設けられている。他の構成は、上記第3実施形態の場合と同じであるので、上記第3実施形態の場合と同一符号を付して、その説明を省略する。ただし、この第12実施形態においても、支持部31dの板厚方向Dpは脚部21−4の軸心方向と同じである。したがって、図17のように、脚部21−4の外周面に接する内側面In11を貫通孔31d3の図示右側の内側面としてもよいが、図示左側の内側面としてもよい。また、脚部21−4の外周面に接する内側面In12を貫通孔31d3の図示左側の内側面としたが、図示右側の内側面としてもよい。
l. Twelfth Embodiment Next, a twelfth embodiment obtained by modifying a part of the third embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. In the twelfth embodiment, the thickness of the base portion 21-3 is made uniform throughout as in the tenth and eleventh embodiments. That is, the support portion 31d is provided so that the upper surface and the lower surface thereof are orthogonal to the pressing direction of the reaction force generating member 21 by the white key 11w and the black key 11b. Since the other configuration is the same as that of the third embodiment, the same reference numerals as those of the third embodiment are given, and the description thereof is omitted. However, also in the twelfth embodiment, the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d is the same as the axial direction of the leg portion 21-4. Therefore, as shown in FIG. 17, the inner side surface In11 in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the leg 21-4 may be the inner side surface on the right side of the through hole 31d3, or may be the inner side surface on the left side in the drawing. Further, although the inner side surface In12 that is in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the leg 21-4 is the inner side surface on the left side of the through hole 31d3, it may be the inner side surface on the right side in the drawing.

この第12実施形態においても、支持部31dには貫通孔31d3の内側面は、上記第2実施形態と同様に、中間位置から上方及び下方に向かって上下方向に対して外側にそれぞれ広がっている。したがって、この場合も、貫通孔31d2は支持部31dの中間位置を境に図示型抜き方向である上下方向に成形型を抜き取ることにより形成される。また、反力発生部材21の支持部31dへの組み付けも、上記第3実施形態の場合と同様である。したがって、この第12実施形態においても、上述した第3実施形態と全く同じ効果が得られる。   Also in the twelfth embodiment, the inner surface of the through hole 31d3 in the support portion 31d spreads outward in the vertical direction from the middle position upward and downward, similarly to the second embodiment. . Therefore, also in this case, the through hole 31d2 is formed by extracting the molding die in the vertical direction, which is the illustrated die-cutting direction, with the intermediate position of the support portion 31d as a boundary. The assembly of the reaction force generating member 21 to the support portion 31d is also the same as in the case of the third embodiment. Therefore, also in the twelfth embodiment, exactly the same effect as the third embodiment described above can be obtained.

なお、この第12実施形態においても、上記第3実施形態の変形例1〜3(図8(A)〜(C)参照)のように、内側面In11,In12,In21,In22の延設方向は変更可能である。   Also in the twelfth embodiment, the extending directions of the inner side surfaces In11, In12, In21, and In22 as in Modifications 1 to 3 of the third embodiment (see FIGS. 8A to 8C). Can be changed.

m.第13実施形態
次に、脚部21−4を支持部31dの貫通孔31d1に貫通させた後、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d1の支持部31dの下面に係合させるようにした第13実施形態について説明する。図18(A)は第13実施形態に係る反力発生部材21の縦断面図であり、図18(B)は図18(A)の反力発生部材21の脚部21−4の先端部の拡大図である。
m. Thirteenth Embodiment Next, after the leg portion 21-4 is passed through the through hole 31d1 of the support portion 31d, the leg portion 21-4 is engaged with the lower surface of the support portion 31d of the through hole 31d1. Embodiments will be described. FIG. 18A is a longitudinal sectional view of the reaction force generating member 21 according to the thirteenth embodiment, and FIG. 18B is the tip of the leg portion 21-4 of the reaction force generating member 21 of FIG. FIG.

この反力発生部材21においては、脚部21−4の先端近傍の中間部には、全周に渡って外側に張出した係合部21−4aが脚部21−4と一体に設けられている。係合部21−4aは、その縦断面形状を略半円形に形成し、その上端部すなわち先端とは反対側の張出し位置を全周に渡って一平面内に位置させている。この平面を、図示2点鎖線Kpで示す。なお、この係合部2−4aは、反力発生部材21の成型時に多少の無理抜きより形成される。そして、反力発生部材21を支持部31dに組み付けた状態では、係合部21−4aが、平面Kp位置にて、支持部31dの下面における貫通孔31d1の開口部の全周に渡って接触するようになっている。他の構成は、上記第1実施形態と同じであり、同一符号を付して、その説明を省略する。   In the reaction force generating member 21, an engaging portion 21-4a projecting outward over the entire circumference is provided integrally with the leg portion 21-4 at an intermediate portion near the tip of the leg portion 21-4. Yes. The engaging portion 21-4a is formed in a substantially semicircular longitudinal cross-sectional shape, and the upper end portion, that is, the protruding position on the side opposite to the tip is located in one plane over the entire circumference. This plane is indicated by a two-dot chain line Kp in the figure. In addition, this engaging part 2-4a is formed without some forcing when the reaction force generating member 21 is molded. And in the state which assembled | attached the reaction force generation member 21 to the support part 31d, the engaging part 21-4a contacts over the perimeter of the opening part of the through-hole 31d1 in the lower surface of the support part 31d in the plane Kp position. It is supposed to be. Other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment, and the same reference numerals are given and the description thereof is omitted.

このように構成した第13実施形態においても、上記第1実施形態の場合と同様に、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d1に圧入することにより、反力発生部材21は支持部31dに固定される。ただし、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d1に侵入させる際には、脚部21−4の係合部21−4aが貫通孔31d1の内周面と僅かに干渉するので、上記第1実施形態の場合に比べれば、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d1に若干貫通させ難い。しかし、前記干渉は僅かであるので、反力発生部材21の支持部31dへの組付けは問題なく行われる。そして、反力発生部材21の支持部31dへの組付け状態では、上記第1実施形態と同様に、ベース部21−3下面は支持部31dの上面に密着するので、反力発生部材21は支持部31dに安定して固定される。   Also in the thirteenth embodiment configured as described above, the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed to the support portion 31d by press-fitting the leg portion 21-4 into the through hole 31d1 as in the case of the first embodiment. The However, when the leg portion 21-4 is caused to enter the through hole 31d1, the engaging portion 21-4a of the leg portion 21-4 slightly interferes with the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1, and thus the first embodiment. Compared to the case, it is difficult to slightly penetrate the leg 21-4 through the through hole 31d1. However, since the interference is slight, the reaction force generating member 21 is assembled to the support portion 31d without any problem. And, in the assembled state of the reaction force generating member 21 to the support portion 31d, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 is in close contact with the upper surface of the support portion 31d as in the first embodiment. It is stably fixed to the support portion 31d.

また、この第13実施形態においては、係合部21−4aが、貫通孔31d1の外周側にて支持部31dの下面に全周に渡って接触して係合する。したがって、この場合には、脚部21−4の貫通孔31d1からの抜けが防止されて、反力発生部材21は堅固に支持部31dに固定されるようになる。また、係合部21−4aの上端は、平面Kp内で支持部31dの下面と全周に渡って接触して支持部31dに係合するので、反力発生部材21の支持部31dへの固定が安定する。   In the thirteenth embodiment, the engaging portion 21-4a contacts and engages the lower surface of the support portion 31d over the entire circumference on the outer peripheral side of the through hole 31d1. Therefore, in this case, the leg portion 21-4 is prevented from coming off from the through hole 31d1, and the reaction force generating member 21 is firmly fixed to the support portion 31d. Further, since the upper end of the engaging portion 21-4a contacts the lower surface of the support portion 31d over the entire circumference in the plane Kp and engages with the support portion 31d, the reaction force generating member 21 is connected to the support portion 31d. Fixing is stable.

なお、この第13実施形態のように脚部21−4に係合部21−4aを設けて反力発生部材21を支持部31dに固定することは、脚部21−4を支持部31dに設けた貫通孔31d1の突出側にて係合させるように、貫通孔31d1の突出側の内径を侵入側の内径よりも小さくした上述した実施形態及び変形例にも適用される。すなわち、図4(A)〜(C)に示した第1実施形態の変形例1〜3、図9に示した第4実施形態及びその変形例、並びに図12に示した第7実施形態及びその変形例にも適用される。この点に関しては、下記変形例1〜3においても同様である。   As in the thirteenth embodiment, providing the engaging portion 21-4a to the leg portion 21-4 and fixing the reaction force generating member 21 to the support portion 31d means that the leg portion 21-4 is attached to the support portion 31d. The present invention is also applied to the above-described embodiments and modifications in which the inner diameter on the protruding side of the through hole 31d1 is smaller than the inner diameter on the intrusion side so as to be engaged on the protruding side of the provided through hole 31d1. That is, Modifications 1 to 3 of the first embodiment shown in FIGS. 4A to 4C, the fourth embodiment and its modification shown in FIG. 9, and the seventh embodiment shown in FIG. This modification is also applied. This also applies to Modifications 1 to 3 below.

m1.変形例1
次に、前記第13実施形態の変形例1について、図面を用いて説明する。図19(A)は変形例1に係る反力発生部材21の縦断面図であり、図19(B)は図19(A)の反力発生部材21の脚部21−4の先端部の拡大図である。
m1. Modification 1
Next, Modification 1 of the thirteenth embodiment will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 19A is a longitudinal sectional view of the reaction force generating member 21 according to Modification 1, and FIG. 19B is a view of the distal end portion of the leg portion 21-4 of the reaction force generating member 21 of FIG. It is an enlarged view.

変形例1においては、支持部31dの下面には、貫通孔31d1の外側にて下方に突出した縦断面形状を3角形とする突出部31d4が支持部31dと一体形成されている。突出部31d4の下端面は平面である。貫通孔31d1は、突出部31d4内にも連続しており、脚部21−4の係合部21−4aは、前記第13実施形態と同様に、突出部31d4の下端面である平面Kp位置にて、突出部31d4の下面の貫通孔31d1の開口部に全周に渡って接触している。他の構成は、上記第13実施形態と同じであり、同一符号を付して、その説明を省略する。   In the first modification, a projecting portion 31d4 having a triangular cross section projecting downward outside the through hole 31d1 is formed integrally with the support portion 31d on the lower surface of the support portion 31d. The lower end surface of the protrusion 31d4 is a flat surface. The through hole 31d1 is also continuous in the protruding portion 31d4, and the engaging portion 21-4a of the leg portion 21-4 is located at the plane Kp position that is the lower end surface of the protruding portion 31d4, as in the thirteenth embodiment. In this way, the entire surface of the protrusion 31d4 is in contact with the opening of the through hole 31d1 on the lower surface. Other configurations are the same as those in the thirteenth embodiment, and the same reference numerals are given and the description thereof is omitted.

このように構成した変形例1においても、上記第13実施形態の場合と同様に、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d1に圧入することにより、反力発生部材21は支持部31dに固定されるとともに、ベース部21−3下面は支持部31dの上面に密着する。また、係合部21−4aが、貫通孔31d1の外周側にて突出部31d4の下面に全周に渡って接触して係合する。したがって、この変形例1によっても、脚部21−4の貫通孔31d1からの抜けが防止されて、反力発生部材21は堅固に支持部31dに安定して固定されるようになる。   Also in the modified example 1 configured as described above, as in the case of the thirteenth embodiment, the reaction force generating member 21 is fixed to the support portion 31d by press-fitting the leg portion 21-4 into the through hole 31d1. At the same time, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 is in close contact with the upper surface of the support portion 31d. Further, the engaging portion 21-4a contacts and engages with the lower surface of the protruding portion 31d4 over the entire circumference on the outer peripheral side of the through hole 31d1. Therefore, according to the first modification, the leg portion 21-4 is prevented from coming off from the through hole 31d1, and the reaction force generating member 21 is firmly and stably fixed to the support portion 31d.

m2.変形例2
次に、前記第13実施形態の変形例2について説明する。図20(A)はこの変形例2に係る反力発生部材21の縦断面図であり、図20(B)は図20(A)の反力発生部材21の脚部21−4の先端部の拡大図である。
m2. Modification 2
Next, Modification 2 of the thirteenth embodiment will be described. FIG. 20A is a longitudinal sectional view of the reaction force generating member 21 according to the second modification, and FIG. 20B is a front end portion of the leg portion 21-4 of the reaction force generating member 21 of FIG. FIG.

変形例2においては、貫通孔31d1の下端部の内周面を、下方に向かって大径になるように全周に渡って縦断面形状を3角形状に切り欠いた凹部(切欠き部)31d5を有する。なお、この凹部31d5の形成のために、支持部31dの型成形の際に、凹部31d5の上端位置を境に支持部31dの板厚方向Dpに型抜きをする必要がある。そして、脚部21−4の係合部21−4aは、前記第13実施形態と同様に、係合部21−4aの上端近傍の平面Kp位置にて、この凹部31d5に全周に渡って接触している。他の構成は、上記第13実施形態と同じであり、同一符号を付して、その説明を省略する。   In the modified example 2, the inner peripheral surface of the lower end portion of the through-hole 31d1 has a concave portion (notched portion) in which the longitudinal cross-sectional shape is cut into a triangular shape over the entire circumference so as to increase in diameter downward. 31d5. In order to form the recess 31d5, it is necessary to perform die cutting in the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d at the upper end position of the recess 31d5 when the support portion 31d is molded. Then, the engaging portion 21-4a of the leg portion 21-4 extends over the entire circumference in the recess 31d5 at the plane Kp position near the upper end of the engaging portion 21-4a, as in the thirteenth embodiment. In contact. Other configurations are the same as those in the thirteenth embodiment, and the same reference numerals are given and the description thereof is omitted.

このように構成した変形例2においても、上記第13実施形態の場合と同様に、脚部21−4を貫通孔31d1に圧入することにより、反力発生部材21は支持部31dに固定されるとともに、ベース部21−3下面は支持部31dの上面に密着する。また、係合部21−4aが、貫通孔31d1の内周面に設けた凹部31d5に全周に渡って接触して係合する。したがって、この変形例2によっても、脚部21−4の貫通孔31d1からの抜けが防止されて、反力発生部材21は堅固に支持部31dに安定して固定されるようになる。   Also in the modified example 2 configured as described above, the reaction force generation member 21 is fixed to the support portion 31d by press-fitting the leg portion 21-4 into the through hole 31d1 as in the case of the thirteenth embodiment. At the same time, the lower surface of the base portion 21-3 is in close contact with the upper surface of the support portion 31d. Further, the engaging portion 21-4a contacts and engages with the recess 31d5 provided on the inner peripheral surface of the through hole 31d1 over the entire circumference. Therefore, according to the second modification, the leg portion 21-4 is prevented from coming off from the through hole 31d1, and the reaction force generating member 21 is firmly and stably fixed to the support portion 31d.

m3.変形例3
次に、第13実施形態の変形例3について説明する。前記変形例2では、貫通孔31d1の下端部の内周面を全周に渡って縦断面形状を3角形状に切り欠いた凹部(切欠き部)31d5を形成するようにした。しかし、この凹部31d5の縦断面形状は3角形状でない他の形状にすることも可能である。例えば、図21の変形例3に示すように、支持部31dの下面部に貫通孔31d1の外側全周に渡って切欠いた、支持部31dの上面及び下面に平行な平面を底面とする凹部(切欠き部)31d6を設けて、凹部31d6の底面に係合部21−4aを係合させるようにしてもよい。この場合、係合部21−4aが支持部31dと係合する平面Kpは、2点鎖線で示すように、凹部31d6の底面となる。なお、凹部31d6の形成のために、支持部31dの型成形の際に、平面Kpを境に支持部31dの板厚方向Dpに型抜きをする必要がある。
m3. Modification 3
Next, Modification 3 of the thirteenth embodiment will be described. In the second modification, the concave portion (notched portion) 31d5 is formed by cutting the longitudinal cross-sectional shape into a triangular shape over the entire inner peripheral surface of the lower end portion of the through hole 31d1. However, the vertical cross-sectional shape of the recess 31d5 can be other than the triangular shape. For example, as shown in Modification 3 in FIG. 21, a recess (not shown in the lower surface portion of the support portion 31d over the entire outer periphery of the through hole 31d1, having a bottom surface that is a plane parallel to the upper surface and the lower surface of the support portion 31d. A notch 31d6 may be provided to engage the engaging portion 21-4a with the bottom surface of the recess 31d6. In this case, the plane Kp in which the engaging portion 21-4a engages with the support portion 31d is the bottom surface of the concave portion 31d6 as indicated by a two-dot chain line. In order to form the recess 31d6, it is necessary to perform die cutting in the plate thickness direction Dp of the support portion 31d with respect to the plane Kp when the support portion 31d is molded.

n.第14実施形態
上記第1乃至第13実施形態においては、白鍵11wの鍵支持部32wを黒鍵11bの鍵支持部32bよりも前方に配置するようにした。しかし、白鍵11wの鍵支持部32wと黒鍵11bの鍵支持部32bを前後方向にて同一位置に配置するようにしてもよい。次に、前記のように鍵支持部32w,32bを配置した第11実施形態について、図面を用いて説明する。図22は第14実施形態に係る鍵盤装置を右から見た概略側面図であり、図23は前記鍵盤装置の概略平面図である。
n. Fourteenth Embodiment In the first to thirteenth embodiments, the key support portion 32w of the white key 11w is arranged in front of the key support portion 32b of the black key 11b. However, the key support portion 32w of the white key 11w and the key support portion 32b of the black key 11b may be arranged at the same position in the front-rear direction. Next, an eleventh embodiment in which the key support portions 32w and 32b are arranged as described above will be described with reference to the drawings. FIG. 22 is a schematic side view of the keyboard device according to the fourteenth embodiment as viewed from the right, and FIG. 23 is a schematic plan view of the keyboard device.

この第14実施形態においては、上記第1実施形態と同様に構成した鍵支持部32w,32bは、鍵フレーム31の上板部31aの後部の上面であって、前後方向の位置を一致させて配置されている。また、スプリング34w,34bは、鍵フレーム31の上板部31aの中間部の上面であって、前後方向の位置を一致させて配置されている。そして、鍵スイッチ38w,38bと延設部11b2との前後方向における中間位置には、白鍵11w用の反力発生部材21w及び黒鍵11b用の反力発生部材21bが配置されている。反力発生部材21wは、反力発生部材21bよりも若干前方に位置する。そして、白鍵11wの反力発生部材21wに対向する下面には押圧部11w1が設けられているとともに、黒鍵11bの反力発生部材21bに対向する下面には押圧部11b1が設けられている。   In the fourteenth embodiment, the key support portions 32w and 32b configured in the same manner as in the first embodiment are the upper surfaces of the rear portions of the upper plate portion 31a of the key frame 31 and are aligned in the front-rear direction. Has been placed. The springs 34w and 34b are arranged on the upper surface of the intermediate portion of the upper plate portion 31a of the key frame 31 so that the positions in the front-rear direction coincide with each other. A reaction force generating member 21w for the white key 11w and a reaction force generating member 21b for the black key 11b are disposed at an intermediate position in the front-rear direction between the key switches 38w and 38b and the extending portion 11b2. The reaction force generation member 21w is positioned slightly forward of the reaction force generation member 21b. A pressing portion 11w1 is provided on the lower surface of the white key 11w facing the reaction force generating member 21w, and a pressing portion 11b1 is provided on the lower surface of the black key 11b facing the reaction force generating member 21b. .

反力発生部材21wは、複数のドーム部21w1、複数のトップ部21w2、ベース部21−3w及び複数の脚部21−4wからなり、弾性を有するゴムにより一体成形されている。べース部21−3wは上記第1実施形態の反力発生部材21のべース部21−3と同様に構成されているが、べース部21−3w上には、白鍵11w用の複数のドーム部21w1及び複数のトップ部21w2のみが設けられている。また、複数の脚部21−4wは適宜箇所に設けられているが、それらの位置に関しては、上記第1実施形態の脚部21−4とは異なっていてもよい。反力発生部材21bは、複数のドーム部21b1、複数のトップ部21b2、ベース部21−3b及び複数の脚部21−4bからなり、弾性を有するゴムにより一体成形されている。べース部21−3bは上記第1実施形態の反力発生部材21のべース部21−3と同様に構成されているが、べース部21−3b上には、黒鍵11b用の複数のドーム部21b1及び複数のトップ部21b2のみが設けられている。また、複数の脚部21−4bは適宜箇所に設けられているが、それらの位置に関しては、上記第1実施形態の脚部21−4とは異なっていてもよい。   The reaction force generating member 21w includes a plurality of dome portions 21w1, a plurality of top portions 21w2, a base portion 21-3w, and a plurality of leg portions 21-4w, and is integrally formed of rubber having elasticity. The base portion 21-3w is configured in the same manner as the base portion 21-3 of the reaction force generating member 21 of the first embodiment, but the white key 11w is placed on the base portion 21-3w. Only a plurality of dome portions 21w1 and a plurality of top portions 21w2 are provided. Moreover, although the some leg part 21-4w is provided in the place suitably, regarding those positions, you may differ from the leg part 21-4 of the said 1st Embodiment. The reaction force generating member 21b includes a plurality of dome portions 21b1, a plurality of top portions 21b2, a base portion 21-3b, and a plurality of leg portions 21-4b, and is integrally formed of rubber having elasticity. The base portion 21-3b is configured in the same manner as the base portion 21-3 of the reaction force generating member 21 of the first embodiment, but the black key 11b is placed on the base portion 21-3b. Only a plurality of dome portions 21b1 and a plurality of top portions 21b2 are provided. Moreover, although the some leg part 21-4b is provided in the location suitably, regarding those positions, you may differ from the leg part 21-4 of the said 1st Embodiment.

このように構成された反力発生部材21w,21bは、鍵フレーム31の上板部31aの支持部31dw,31dbに設けた貫通孔に脚部21−4w,21−4bを圧入することにより、支持部31dw、31dbにそれぞれ固定されている。支持部31dw,31dbも、上記第1実施形態の支持部31dと同様に構成され、支持部31dw、31dbには、上記第1実施形態の貫通孔31d1と同じ貫通孔が形成されている。そして、支持部31dw,31dbは、それらの前端を後端よりも下方に位置させるように傾斜させているが、支持部31dbの傾斜は支持部31dwの傾斜に比べて大きい。これにより、ドーム部21b1及びトップ部21b2の軸心は、ドーム部21w1及びトップ部21b2の軸心よりも上方にて大きく前側に傾斜している。   The reaction force generating members 21w and 21b configured as described above are press-fitted with the leg portions 21-4w and 21-4b into the through holes provided in the support portions 31dw and 31db of the upper plate portion 31a of the key frame 31. It is being fixed to support parts 31dw and 31db, respectively. The support portions 31dw and 31db are also configured in the same manner as the support portion 31d of the first embodiment, and the support portions 31dw and 31db are formed with the same through holes as the through holes 31d1 of the first embodiment. The support portions 31dw and 31db are inclined so that their front ends are positioned below the rear end, but the inclination of the support portion 31db is larger than the inclination of the support portion 31db. Thereby, the axial center of dome part 21b1 and top part 21b2 inclines largely ahead rather than the axial center of dome part 21w1 and top part 21b2.

これは、次の理由による。上述したように、演奏においては、白鍵11wの押鍵時における白鍵11wの前端の下方への変位量と、黒鍵11bの押鍵時における黒鍵11bの前端の下方への変位量とをほぼ等しくする必要がある。一方、この第14実施形態の場合、白鍵11wの揺動軸Cwと黒鍵11bの揺動軸Cbは前後方向において同じ位置にあり、白鍵11w用の反力発生部材21wと黒鍵11b用の反力発生部材21bは近接している。したがって、黒鍵11bの押圧部11b1の回転方向は白鍵11wの押圧部11w1の回転方向よりも下方にて大きく後側に傾斜することになる。そして、ドーム部21w1,21b1の反力ピーク時における押圧部11w1,11b1による押圧方向が、ドーム部21w1,21b1の両軸心方向とそれぞれ一致させるためには、ドーム部21b1及びトップ部21b2の軸心を、ドーム部21w1及びトップ部21b2の軸心よりも上方にて大きく前側に傾斜させる必要があるからである。また、押圧部11w1,11b1の下面の法線方向を、ドーム部21w1,21b1の反力ピーク時にドーム部21w1,21b1の両軸心方向と一致させるために、押圧部11b1の下面は、押圧部11w1の下面よりも前方にて大きく上側に傾斜している。他の構成は上記第1実施形態と同じであるので、同一符号を付して、その説明を省略する。   This is due to the following reason. As described above, in the performance, when the white key 11w is pressed, the amount of downward displacement of the front end of the white key 11w, and when the black key 11b is pressed, the amount of downward displacement of the front end of the black key 11b Need to be almost equal. On the other hand, in the case of the fourteenth embodiment, the rocking shaft Cw of the white key 11w and the rocking shaft Cb of the black key 11b are in the same position in the front-rear direction, and the reaction force generating member 21w for the white key 11w and the black key 11b. The reaction force generating member 21b for use is close. Therefore, the rotation direction of the pressing portion 11b1 of the black key 11b is greatly inclined to the rear side below the rotation direction of the pressing portion 11w1 of the white key 11w. In order for the pressing directions of the pressing portions 11w1 and 11b1 at the reaction force peak of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 to coincide with both axial directions of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1, respectively, the axes of the dome portion 21b1 and the top portion 21b2 This is because it is necessary to incline the heart largely to the front side above the axis of the dome portion 21w1 and the top portion 21b2. Moreover, in order to make the normal line direction of the lower surface of the pressing parts 11w1, 11b1 coincide with both axial directions of the dome parts 21w1, 21b1 at the reaction force peak of the dome parts 21w1, 21b1, the lower surface of the pressing part 11b1 is 11w1 is largely inclined upward in front of the lower surface of 11w1. Since other configurations are the same as those of the first embodiment, the same reference numerals are given and description thereof is omitted.

このように構成した第14実施形態においても、反力発生部材21w,21bは上記第1実施形態の反力発生部材21と同様に構成され、脚部21−4w,21−4bと支持部31dw,31dbに設けた貫通孔との関係も、上記第1実施形態の脚部21−4と支持部31dに設けた貫通孔31d1との関係と同じである。したがって、この第14実施形態によっても、上記第1実施形態と同様な効果が期待される。   Also in the fourteenth embodiment configured as described above, the reaction force generating members 21w and 21b are configured in the same manner as the reaction force generating member 21 of the first embodiment, and the leg portions 21-4w and 21-4b and the support portion 31dw. , 31db is the same as the relationship between the leg 21-4 of the first embodiment and the through hole 31d1 provided in the support 31d. Therefore, the effect similar to the said 1st Embodiment is anticipated also by this 14th Embodiment.

なお、この第14実施形態に係る鍵盤装置を、上記第1実施形態の変形例1〜3、第2乃至第13実施形態及びそれらの各種変形例のように変形することも可能である。   Note that the keyboard device according to the fourteenth embodiment can be modified as in the first to third modifications, the second to thirteenth embodiments, and various modifications thereof.

o.他の変形例及び他の適用例
次に、他の変形例及び本発明の他の適用例について説明する。上記各種実施形態及びそれらの変形例においては、軸心Ykに直交する脚部21−4,21−4w,21−4bの横断面形状を円形とした。しかし、これらの横断面形状は、円形でなくても、楕円、長楕円形などでもよい。この場合、貫通孔31d1〜31d3,31d1’〜31d3’,31d1”〜31d3”の横断面形状を、脚部21−4,21−4w,21−4bの横断面形状に対応させるとよい。
o. Other Modification Examples and Other Application Examples Next, other modification examples and other application examples of the present invention will be described. In the various embodiments and the modifications thereof, the cross-sectional shape of the leg portions 21-4, 21-4w, 21-4b orthogonal to the axis Yk is circular. However, these cross-sectional shapes may not be circular, but may be oval, oblong, etc. In this case, the cross-sectional shapes of the through holes 31d1 to 31d3, 31d1 ′ to 31d3 ′, 31d1 ″ to 31d3 ″ may be made to correspond to the cross-sectional shapes of the leg portions 21-4, 21-4w, and 21-4b.

また、脚部21−4,21−4w,21−4bに、外周面上から軸心Ykに向かって切欠いて軸心Ykに沿って延設させた溝を設けるようにしてもよい。図24(A)は、第1実施形態の脚部21−4を変形した反力発生部材21における脚部21−4の貫通孔31d1への侵入状態を示す縦断面図であり、図24(B)は図24(A)のB−B線に沿って見た横断面図(すなわち、支持部31dの下面近傍から上方に見た脚部21−4の横断面図)である。この変形例においては、脚部21−4の外周面上から軸心Ykに向かって3角形状に切欠いて軸心Ykに沿って延設させた4つの溝21−4xが脚部21−4に設けられている。このように構成した変形例においては、脚部21−4の軸心方向Ykの一部(この場合、支持部31dの下面位置)の外周面が全周に渡って連続的に貫通孔31d1の内側面に接触するわけではなく、溝21−4x(切欠き)を除いた脚部21−4の外周面の全てが貫通孔31d1の内側面に接触する。つまり、切欠き部を除いた部分が外周面となる。しかし、これによっても、上記第1実施形態の場合と同様に、反力発生部材21は、脚部21−4の外周面と貫通孔31d1の内側面との係合により、支持部31dに固定される。その結果、この変形例においても、上記第1実施形態と同様な効果が期待される。   Further, the legs 21-4, 21-4w, and 21-4b may be provided with grooves that are notched from the outer peripheral surface toward the axis Yk and extend along the axis Yk. FIG. 24 (A) is a longitudinal sectional view showing a state in which the leg portion 21-4 enters the through hole 31d1 in the reaction force generating member 21 obtained by deforming the leg portion 21-4 of the first embodiment, and FIG. FIG. 24B is a transverse sectional view taken along line BB in FIG. 24A (that is, a transverse sectional view of the leg portion 21-4 as viewed upward from the vicinity of the lower surface of the support portion 31d). In this modification, four grooves 21-4x that are notched in a triangular shape from the outer peripheral surface of the leg 21-4 toward the axis Yk and extend along the axis Yk are leg portions 21-4. Is provided. In the modified example configured as described above, the outer peripheral surface of a part of the leg portion 21-4 in the axial direction Yk (in this case, the lower surface position of the support portion 31d) continuously extends over the entire circumference of the through hole 31d1. It does not contact the inner surface, but all of the outer peripheral surface of the leg 21-4 excluding the groove 21-4x (notch) contacts the inner surface of the through hole 31d1. That is, the part excluding the notch is the outer peripheral surface. However, as in the case of the first embodiment, the reaction force generating member 21 is also fixed to the support portion 31d by the engagement between the outer peripheral surface of the leg portion 21-4 and the inner side surface of the through hole 31d1. Is done. As a result, also in this modified example, the same effect as that of the first embodiment is expected.

また、前記変形例の溝21−4xに代えて、図24(C)に示すように、1対の内側面が互いに平行に外周面からほぼ軸心Ykに向かうようにするとともに、先端を半円状にして切欠いて軸心Ykに沿って延設させた1つの溝21−4yを脚部21−4に設けるようにしてもよい。なお、図24(C)は前記図24(B)に対応した脚部21−4の横断面図である。また、このような溝21−4x,21−4yの数及び切欠き形状は種々に変更可能である。さらに、この溝21−4x,21−4yは、上記第1実施形態の変形例、上記第2乃至第14実施形態及びそれらの各種変形例にも適用される。   Further, in place of the groove 21-4x of the modified example, as shown in FIG. 24C, the pair of inner side surfaces are parallel to each other so as to be directed from the outer peripheral surface to the axial center Yk, and the tip is half-finished. One leg 21-4y may be provided in the leg 21-4, which is circular and cut out and extends along the axis Yk. FIG. 24C is a cross-sectional view of the leg 21-4 corresponding to FIG. Further, the number of the grooves 21-4x and 21-4y and the notch shape can be variously changed. Further, the grooves 21-4x and 21-4y are also applied to the modified example of the first embodiment, the second to fourteenth embodiments, and various modified examples thereof.

また、上記各種実施形態及びそれらの変形例においては、ドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybに直交する断面形状を円形にしたが、この断面形状は円形に限らず、楕円形、長楕円形などでもよい。なお、この場合も、ドーム部21w1,21b1は、周方向の全体に渡り、下方に向かって径方向長さを徐々に増加させた形状である。   In the above-described various embodiments and their modifications, the cross-sectional shape orthogonal to the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 is circular. However, this cross-sectional shape is not limited to a circular shape, and is elliptical or oblong. It may be a shape. In this case as well, the dome portions 21w1, 21b1 have a shape in which the radial length is gradually increased toward the lower side over the entire circumferential direction.

また、上記各種実施形態及びそれらの変形例においては、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bを回転軸を中心に揺動させるようにした例について説明した。しかし、これに限らず、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの後端に板状の薄肉部を設け、薄肉部の後端を支持部材に支持させることにより、薄肉部の弾性変形により白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bを揺動させるようにしたヒンジ型の揺動支点を利用するものでもよい。   In the above-described various embodiments and their modifications, examples have been described in which the white key 11w and the black key 11b are swung around the rotation axis. However, the present invention is not limited to this, and by providing a plate-like thin portion at the rear ends of the white key 11w and the black key 11b, and supporting the rear end of the thin portion with a support member, the white key 11w and the A hinge-type swing fulcrum that swings the black key 11b may be used.

また、上記各種実施形態及びそれらの変形例においては、鍵スイッチ38w,38bとは独立して反力発生部材21,21w,21bを設けるようにした。しかし、これに代えて、鍵スイッチ38w,38bを反力発生部材21,21w,21bと同様に構成して、鍵スイッチ38w,38bを反力発生部材として利用するようにしてもよい。この場合、ドーム部21w1,21b1を内側部分と外側部分との2段構成とし、内側部分と外側部分との間に円筒状の変形量の少ないスイッチ部分を設ける。そして、外側部分の変形により押鍵に対して増加する反力を発生するとともにスイッチ部分で基板に設けた接点を開閉するようにし、かつ内側部分の変形により座屈変形を伴う押鍵に対する反力を発生するようにするとよい。   In the above-described various embodiments and their modifications, reaction force generating members 21, 21w, and 21b are provided independently of the key switches 38w and 38b. However, instead of this, the key switches 38w, 38b may be configured in the same manner as the reaction force generating members 21, 21w, 21b, and the key switches 38w, 38b may be used as the reaction force generating members. In this case, the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 have a two-stage configuration including an inner portion and an outer portion, and a cylindrical switch portion with a small amount of deformation is provided between the inner portion and the outer portion. Then, a reaction force that increases against the key press is generated by the deformation of the outer portion, and the contact provided on the substrate is opened and closed by the switch portion, and the reaction force against the key press accompanied by buckling deformation by the deformation of the inner portion. Should be generated.

また、上記各種実施形態及びそれらの変形例においては、反力発生部材21,21w,21bを支持部31d,31d’,31d”,31dw,31dbに固定して、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの押圧部11w1,11b1により反力発生部材21,21w,21bを押圧するようにした。しかし、これに代えて、反力発生部材21,21w,21bを白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bに固定して、鍵フレーム31の上板部31aにおける反力発生部材21,21w,21bに対向する位置に押圧部を設け、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの揺動により、前記押圧部により反力発生部材21,21w,21bが押圧されるようにしてもよい。ただし、この場合には、反力発生部材21,21w,21bのドーム部21w1,21b1、トップ部21w2,21b2、ベース部21−3,21−3w,21−3b及び脚部21−4,21−4w,21−4bは、上記実施形態の場合とは上下が逆になる。なお、この場合には、反力発生部材21,21w,21bを別々に成形して、反力発生部材21,21w,21bを白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bに個別に固定する必要がある。   In the various embodiments and their modifications, the reaction force generating members 21, 21w, 21b are fixed to the support portions 31d, 31d ′, 31d ″, 31dw, 31db, and the white key 11w and the black key 11b The reaction force generating members 21, 21w, 21b are pressed by the pressing portions 11w1, 11b1, but instead, the reaction force generating members 21, 21w, 21b are fixed to the white key 11w and the black key 11b. A pressing portion is provided at a position facing the reaction force generating members 21, 21w, 21b in the upper plate portion 31a of the key frame 31, and the reaction force generating member 21 is moved by the pressing portion by the swinging of the white key 11w and the black key 11b. However, in this case, the dome portions 21w1, 21b1 and the top portion 21w2 of the reaction force generating members 21, 21w, 21b may be pressed. 21b2, the base portions 21-3, 21-3w, 21-3b and the leg portions 21-4, 21-4w, 21-4b are upside down in the case of the above embodiment. The reaction force generating members 21, 21 w and 21 b need to be separately molded, and the reaction force generating members 21, 21 w and 21 b need to be individually fixed to the white key 11 w and the black key 11 b.

また、上記各種実施形態及びそれらの変形例においては、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bにより反力発生部材21,21w,21bを直接押圧するようにした。しかし、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの揺動により連動して揺動する揺動体が間接的に反力発生部材21,21w,21bを押圧するようにした鍵盤装置にも、本発明に係る反力発生装置は適用され得る。すなわち、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの揺動により連動して揺動する揺動体(例えば、ハンマー)を設け、揺動体に押圧部を設けるとともに、支持部材の押圧部に対向する位置に反力発生部材21,21w,21bを設ける。これによっても、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの押離鍵操作に対して、上記各種実施形態及びそれらの変形例と同様な効果を期待できる。また、反力発生部材21,21w,21bを揺動体側に設けて、反力発生部材21,21w,21bに対向する位置に押圧部を設けるようにしてもよい。   In the above-described various embodiments and their modifications, the reaction force generating members 21, 21w, and 21b are directly pressed by the white key 11w and the black key 11b. However, the keyboard device in which the rocking body that rocks in conjunction with the rocking of the white key 11w and the black key 11b indirectly presses the reaction force generating members 21, 21w, and 21b is also applied to the keyboard device according to the present invention. A force generator can be applied. That is, a rocking body (for example, a hammer) that rocks in conjunction with the rocking of the white key 11w and the black key 11b is provided. Generation members 21, 21w, and 21b are provided. Also by this, the same effects as those in the above-described various embodiments and their modifications can be expected for the key release operation of the white key 11w and the black key 11b. Alternatively, the reaction force generating members 21, 21w, 21b may be provided on the oscillating body side, and the pressing portion may be provided at a position facing the reaction force generating members 21, 21w, 21b.

また、上記各種実施形態及びそれらの変形例においては、ドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybがほぼ上下方向に延設されるように、反力発生部材21,21w,21bを固定する例について説明した。しかし、ドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybが上下方向でない方向に延設されるように、反力発生部材21,21w,21bが固定される場合もある。例えば、白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの揺動軸Cw,Cbの近傍から白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの延設方向(すなわち水平方向)と異なる方向(例えば、直角方向)に一体的に延設する延設部材を白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bに設けて、延設部材が白鍵11w及び黒鍵11bの押鍵により延設方向とほぼ直角方向(例えば、略水平方向)に揺動するようにする。この場合、反力発生部材21,21w,21bを前記延設部材に固定し、又は前記延設部材に対向する位置に固定すると、ドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybが上下方向以外の方向(例えば、水平方向)となるように、反力発生部材21,21w,21bは固定されることになる。また、ハンマーなどの揺動体を用いる場合にも、揺動体の揺動方向によっては、ドーム部21w1,21b1の軸心Yw,Ybは上下方向以外の方向になるように、反力発生部材21,21w,21bは固定されることになる。要するに、本発明においては、ドーム部21w1,21b1の開口側にて反力発生部材21,21w,21bを支持部材に固定すればよく、軸心Yw,Ybの方向に関しては、上下方向以外の種々の方向が考えられる。   In the above-described various embodiments and their modifications, the reaction force generating members 21, 21w, and 21b are fixed so that the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 extend substantially in the vertical direction. Explained. However, the reaction force generating members 21, 21w, and 21b may be fixed so that the axial centers Yw and Yb of the dome portions 21w1 and 21b1 extend in a direction that is not in the vertical direction. For example, the white key 11w and the black key 11b are integrally extended from the vicinity of the swing axes Cw and Cb in a direction (for example, a right angle direction) different from the extending direction (that is, the horizontal direction) of the white key 11w and the black key 11b. The extending member is provided on the white key 11w and the black key 11b so that the extending member swings in a direction substantially perpendicular to the extending direction (for example, a substantially horizontal direction) by pressing the white key 11w and the black key 11b. To. In this case, when the reaction force generating members 21, 21w, 21b are fixed to the extending members or fixed at positions facing the extending members, the axial centers Yw, Yb of the dome portions 21w1, 21b1 are other than the vertical direction. The reaction force generating members 21, 21w, and 21b are fixed so as to be in a direction (for example, a horizontal direction). Also, when a rocking body such as a hammer is used, depending on the rocking direction of the rocking body, the reaction force generating members 21, 21 w 1, 21 b 1 have the axial centers Yw, Yb in directions other than the vertical direction. 21w and 21b are fixed. In short, in the present invention, the reaction force generating members 21, 21w, 21b may be fixed to the support member on the opening side of the dome portions 21w1, 21b1, and the directions of the axial centers Yw, Yb are various other than the vertical direction. Can be considered.

さらに、本発明に係る反力発生装置は、鍵盤装置の白鍵11w及び黒鍵11b以外の操作子にも適用され得る。すなわち、手、足などにより操作される操作子に対しても、上記実施形態及び変形例のような反力発生部材21,21w,21bを用いて、操作子の操作に対して反力を与えるようにしてもよい。なお、この場合の操作子は、揺動中心を中心にして揺動するものに限らず、ドーム部の軸心方向に沿って平行移動するような操作子であってもよい。   Furthermore, the reaction force generating device according to the present invention can be applied to operators other than the white key 11w and the black key 11b of the keyboard device. That is, a reaction force is applied to an operation element operated by a hand, a foot, or the like by using the reaction force generating members 21, 21w, and 21b as in the above-described embodiment and modifications. You may do it. The operation element in this case is not limited to the one that oscillates around the oscillation center, and may be an operation element that translates along the axial direction of the dome portion.

11w…白鍵、11b…黒鍵、11w1,11b1…押圧部、21,21w,21b…反力発生部材、21w1,21b1…ドーム部、21w2,21b2…トップ部、21−3,21−3w,21−3b…ベース部、21−4,21−4w,21−4b…脚部、21−4a…係合部、31…鍵フレーム、31a…上板部、31d,31d’,31d”,31dw,31db…支持部、31d1〜31d3,31d1’〜31d3’,31d1”〜31d3”…貫通孔、31d4…突出部、31d5,31d6…凹部(切欠き)、32w,32b…鍵支持部、34w,34b…スプリング、Yb,Yw…ドーム部の軸心(軸心方向)、Yk…脚部の軸心(軸心方向)、Dp…板厚方向、In1,In11,In12,In2,In21,In22…内側面、Kp…係合面(平面)、Lp…直線 11w ... White key, 11b ... Black key, 11w1, 11b1 ... Pressing part, 21, 21w, 21b ... Reaction force generating member, 21w1, 21b1 ... Dome part, 21w2, 21b2 ... Top part, 21-3, 21-3w, 21-3b ... Base part, 21-4, 21-4w, 21-4b ... Leg part, 21-4a ... Engagement part, 31 ... Key frame, 31a ... Upper plate part, 31d, 31d ', 31d ", 31dw , 31db ... support part, 31d1-31d3, 31d1'-31d3 ', 31d1 "-31d3" ... through hole, 31d4 ... projection part, 31d5, 31d6 ... concave part (notch), 32w, 32b ... key support part, 34w, 34b ... Spring, Yb, Yw ... Axis center of the dome (axial direction), Yk ... Axis center of the leg (axial direction), Dp ... Thickness direction, In1, In11, In12, In2, In21, In22 ... Inside , Kp ... engaging surface (plane), Lp ... straight line

Claims (7)

弾性体により一体形成されていて、
軸心方向の一端部から軸心方向の他端部に向かって径方向長さを徐々に増加させ、かつ軸心方向の他端部を開口させてドーム状に形成されていて、軸心方向の押圧により弾性変形して弾性変形量に応じた反力を発生するドーム部、
前記ドーム部の他端部に接続されて外側に延設され、前記ドーム部と反対側の面を平面に形成したベース部、及び
前記ベース部の前記ドーム部と反対側の面と平行な断面の形状及び大きさを軸心に沿って所定長さに渡り同一に保って、前記ベース部の前記ドーム部と反対側の面から軸心を前記ドーム部の軸心方向と平行にして延設させた柱状の脚部を有する反力発生部材と、
前記ベース部の前記ドーム部と反対側の面を設置させる設置面を有するとともに、前記設置面から他方の面に貫通する貫通孔を有し、前記設置面を平面に形成した支持部材とを備え、
前記脚部を前記貫通孔に侵入させ、かつ前記ベース部の前記ドーム部と反対側の面を前記設置面に密着させて、前記反力発生部材を前記支持部材に固定するようにした反力発生装置であって、
前記脚部の軸心方向の一部における外周面を前記貫通孔の内側面に接触させて前記反力発生部材を前記支持部材に固定し、かつ前記貫通孔の内側面の少なくとも一部を前記脚部の外周面に接触する位置から前記脚部の軸心方向よりも径方向外側に傾斜して延設させるように、前記貫通孔を形成し、かつ
前記脚部を前記貫通孔に侵入させる前の状態では、前記脚部の軸心方向の一部の外周面に接触する位置の前記貫通孔の内径を、前記脚部の軸心方向の一部の外周面の外径よりも小さくしておき、前記反力発生部材を前記支持部材に組付けた状態では、前記脚部における前記貫通孔の内側面に接触する部分の変形により、前記脚部が前記貫通孔内に保持されるようにしたことを特徴とする反力発生装置。
It is integrally formed with an elastic body,
The length in the radial direction is gradually increased from one end in the axial direction toward the other end in the axial direction, and the other end in the axial direction is opened to form a dome shape. A dome part that is elastically deformed by pressing and generates a reaction force according to the amount of elastic deformation;
A base portion connected to the other end portion of the dome portion and extending outwardly and having a surface opposite to the dome portion formed in a plane; and a cross section parallel to the surface of the base portion opposite to the dome portion The shape and size of the base portion are kept the same over a predetermined length along the axial center, and the axial center extends from the surface opposite to the dome portion of the base portion in parallel with the axial direction of the dome portion. A reaction force generating member having a columnar leg portion,
A support member having an installation surface on which the surface of the base portion opposite to the dome portion is installed, a through-hole penetrating from the installation surface to the other surface, and the installation surface being formed in a plane. ,
The reaction force is configured to fix the reaction force generating member to the support member by allowing the leg portion to enter the through-hole and bringing the surface of the base portion opposite to the dome portion into close contact with the installation surface. A generator,
The reaction force generating member is fixed to the support member by contacting an outer peripheral surface of a part of the leg portion in the axial direction with an inner surface of the through hole, and at least a part of the inner surface of the through hole is fixed to the support member. Forming the through-hole so as to extend from a position in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the leg portion to be inclined radially outward from the axial direction of the leg portion; and
In a state before the leg portion enters the through hole, the inner diameter of the through hole at a position in contact with a part of the outer peripheral surface in the axial direction of the leg portion is set to a part in the axial direction of the leg portion. When the reaction force generating member is assembled to the support member, the leg portion is deformed by deformation of a portion of the leg portion that contacts the inner side surface of the through hole. Is held in the through-hole .
前記貫通孔の内側面の一部を、前記脚部の外周面に接触する位置から前記脚部の軸心方向に延設させるようにしたことを特徴とする請求項1に記載の反力発生装置。   2. The reaction force generation according to claim 1, wherein a part of an inner side surface of the through hole extends in a direction of an axial center of the leg portion from a position in contact with an outer peripheral surface of the leg portion. apparatus. 前記脚部の外周面に接触する位置は、前記支持部材の設置面位置、前記支持部材の設置面とは反対側の面位置、又は前記設置面と前記反対側の面の中間位置である請求項1又は2に記載の反力発生装置。 Position in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the legs, the installation surface position of the support member, the surface position opposite to the installation surface of the supporting member, or an intermediate position of the surface of the installation surface and the opposite claims Item 3. The reaction force generator according to Item 1 or 2 . 前記脚部の外周面に接触する位置は、前記支持部材の設置面とは反対側の面位置又は前記反対側の面位置の近傍位置であり、
前記脚部の軸心方向の中間部分に、外側に張出して、前記支持部材の設置面とは反対側の面位置又は前記反対側の面位置の近傍位置にて、前記支持部材に係合する係合部を設けた請求項1又は2に記載の反力発生装置。
The position in contact with the outer peripheral surface of the leg is a surface position on the opposite side to the installation surface of the support member or a position in the vicinity of the surface position on the opposite side.
Extends outward from the axial center portion of the leg and engages the support member at a surface position opposite to the installation surface of the support member or at a position near the surface position on the opposite side. The reaction force generator according to claim 1 or 2 , wherein an engagement portion is provided.
前記係合部は、外周面において、一平面上で前記支持部材に接触して係合する請求項4に記載の反力発生装置。 The reaction force generation device according to claim 4, wherein the engaging portion contacts and engages with the support member on a single plane on an outer peripheral surface. 前記一平面は、前記ベースの前記ドーム部とは反対側の面に平行である請求項5に記載の反力発生装置。 The reaction force generator according to claim 5 , wherein the one plane is parallel to a surface of the base opposite to the dome portion. 前記ドーム部は、鍵盤楽器における鍵の操作によってそれぞれ軸心方向に押圧されて、押圧開始から徐々に弾性変形して弾性変形量の増加に従って反力を徐々に増加させ、反力がピークに達した後に座屈変形して反力を急激に減少させる請求項1乃至6のうちのいずれか一つに記載の反力発生装置。   The dome part is pressed in the axial direction by the key operation on the keyboard instrument, gradually elastically deforms from the start of pressing, gradually increases the reaction force as the amount of elastic deformation increases, and the reaction force reaches its peak. The reaction force generator according to any one of claims 1 to 6, wherein the reaction force is rapidly reduced by buckling and then reducing the reaction force rapidly.
JP2014057530A 2013-12-16 2014-03-20 Reaction force generator Active JP6314571B2 (en)

Priority Applications (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2014057530A JP6314571B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2014-03-20 Reaction force generator

Applications Claiming Priority (3)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2013259473 2013-12-16
JP2013259473 2013-12-16
JP2014057530A JP6314571B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2014-03-20 Reaction force generator

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
JP2015135460A JP2015135460A (en) 2015-07-27
JP6314571B2 true JP6314571B2 (en) 2018-04-25

Family

ID=53767314

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
JP2014057530A Active JP6314571B2 (en) 2013-12-16 2014-03-20 Reaction force generator

Country Status (1)

Country Link
JP (1) JP6314571B2 (en)

Families Citing this family (1)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
DE112017007605T5 (en) * 2017-05-31 2020-02-27 Yamaha Corporation Reaction force generating unit

Family Cites Families (5)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP2646945B2 (en) * 1992-11-06 1997-08-27 ヤマハ株式会社 Switch device
JP2650179B2 (en) * 1993-01-06 1997-09-03 ヤマハ株式会社 Electronic musical instrument contact device
JP3384271B2 (en) * 1997-02-25 2003-03-10 ヤマハ株式会社 Electronic keyboard instrument
JP4735096B2 (en) * 2005-07-21 2011-07-27 ヤマハ株式会社 Electronic keyboard instrument key operation detection device
JP2013073771A (en) * 2011-09-28 2013-04-22 Kawai Musical Instr Mfg Co Ltd Key switch of electronic piano

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
JP2015135460A (en) 2015-07-27

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
JP6160405B2 (en) Electronic musical instrument keyboard device
JP6160404B2 (en) Electronic musical instrument keyboard device
US9269336B2 (en) Operating element device
US8716588B2 (en) Key press switch for electronic piano
JP2019020453A (en) Keyboard device
JP7027717B2 (en) Reaction force generator and electronic keyboard instrument
JP6314571B2 (en) Reaction force generator
JP6364850B2 (en) Controller interlock device
JP6307963B2 (en) Reaction force generator
JP2015068969A (en) Dome type reaction force generation unit
US8420918B2 (en) Pedal device, and electronic musical instrument including the pedal device
JP6332595B2 (en) Reaction force generator
JP6323645B2 (en) Reaction force generator
JP6489329B2 (en) Electronic musical instrument keyboard device
JP6455552B2 (en) Electronic musical instrument keyboard device
JP6323644B2 (en) Reaction force generator
JP2015102656A (en) Reaction force generator
JP6673454B2 (en) Method of manufacturing keyboard instruments
JP2015185270A (en) operator interlocking device
JP7416189B2 (en) keyboard instrument
JP2016061960A (en) Keyboard device
JPH1027526A (en) Push-button switch and its manufacture
JP2015090373A (en) Keyboard device
JP5413052B2 (en) Keyboard device
JP6198117B2 (en) Keyboard device and keyboard instrument

Legal Events

Date Code Title Description
A621 Written request for application examination

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A621

Effective date: 20170120

A977 Report on retrieval

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A971007

Effective date: 20171124

A131 Notification of reasons for refusal

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A131

Effective date: 20171128

A521 Written amendment

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A523

Effective date: 20180124

TRDD Decision of grant or rejection written
A01 Written decision to grant a patent or to grant a registration (utility model)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A01

Effective date: 20180227

A61 First payment of annual fees (during grant procedure)

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: A61

Effective date: 20180312

R151 Written notification of patent or utility model registration

Ref document number: 6314571

Country of ref document: JP

Free format text: JAPANESE INTERMEDIATE CODE: R151